UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
x	 	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	 	
 
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010

or

¨	 	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	 	
 
  For the transition period from _____ to _____.
 
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-31924

NELNET, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
NEBRASKA	84-0748903	
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
 	 	
121 SOUTH 13TH STREET, SUITE 201	 	
LINCOLN, NEBRASKA	68508	
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)	

  (402) 458-2370
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes [X] No [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [  ] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [  ]                                                   Accelerated filer [X]
Non-accelerated filer [  ]                                                     Smaller reporting company [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes [  ]   No [X]

As of July 31, 2010, there were 38,005,894 and 11,495,377 shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding, respectively (excluding 11,317,364 shares of Class A Common Stock held by wholly owned subsidiaries). 

 

NELNET, INC.
FORM 10-Q
INDEX
June 30, 2010

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Item 1.	Financial Statements	2	
 	Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	31	
 	Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	73	
 	Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	79	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	79	
 	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	80	
 	Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	81	
 	Item 6.	Exhibits	83	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Signatures	 	 	 	84	

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NELNET, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES	
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS	
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)	
 
 	 	As of	 	 	As of	 	
 	 	June 30, 2010	 	 	December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Student loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses of	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$50,797 and $50,887 respectively)	 	$	24,746,932	 	 	 	23,926,957	 	
Student loans receivable - held for sale	 	 	1,995,869	 	 	 	—	 	
Cash and cash equivalents:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents - not held at a related party	 	 	10,968	 	 	 	12,301	 	
Cash and cash equivalents - held at a related party	 	 	263,793	 	 	 	325,880	 	
Total cash and cash equivalents	 	 	274,761	 	 	 	338,181	 	
Investments - trading securities	 	 	31,017	 	 	 	—	 	
Restricted cash and investments	 	 	669,889	 	 	 	625,492	 	
Restricted cash - due to customers	 	 	37,076	 	 	 	91,741	 	
Accrued interest receivable	 	 	397,495	 	 	 	329,313	 	
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$819 and $1,198, respectively)	 	 	57,436	 	 	 	42,043	 	
Goodwill	 	 	143,717	 	 	 	143,717	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	 	48,708	 	 	 	53,538	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	27,397	 	 	 	26,606	 	
Other assets	 	 	102,372	 	 	 	104,940	 	
Fair value of derivative instruments	 	 	35,354	 	 	 	193,899	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	28,568,023	 	 	 	25,876,427	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes payable	 	$	27,428,772	 	 	 	24,805,289	 	
Accrued interest payable	 	 	22,362	 	 	 	19,831	 	
Other liabilities	 	 	179,722	 	 	 	172,514	 	
Due to customers	 	 	37,076	 	 	 	91,741	 	
Fair value of derivative instruments	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	2,489	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	27,694,078	 	 	 	25,091,864	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shareholders' equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value.  Authorized 50,000,000 shares;	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
no shares issued or outstanding	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Common stock:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A, $0.01 par value. Authorized 600,000,000 shares;	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
issued and outstanding 37,995,006 shares as of June 30,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010 and 38,396,791 shares as of December 31, 2009	 	 	380	 	 	 	384	 	
Class B, convertible, $0.01 par value.  Authorized 60,000,000 shares;	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
issued and outstanding 11,495,377 shares as of June 30,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010 and December 31, 2009	 	 	115	 	 	 	115	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	101,232	 	 	 	109,359	 	
Retained earnings	 	 	773,468	 	 	 	676,154	 	
Employee notes receivable	 	 	(1,250	)  	 	 	(1,449	)  	
Total shareholders' equity	 	 	873,945	 	 	 	784,563	 	
Commitments and contingencies	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	 	$	28,568,023	 	 	 	25,876,427	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

2

 
NELNET, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME	
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)	
(unaudited)	
 
 	 	Three months	 	 	Six months	 	
 	 	ended June 30,	 	 	ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Interest income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan interest	 	$	155,353	 	 	 	160,413	 	 	 	290,320	 	 	 	331,332	 	
Investment interest	 	 	1,304	 	 	 	2,776	 	 	 	2,305	 	 	 	6,867	 	
Total interest income	 	 	156,657	 	 	 	163,189	 	 	 	292,625	 	 	 	338,199	 	
Interest expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest on bonds and notes payable	 	 	59,243	 	 	 	106,082	 	 	 	110,102	 	 	 	252,584	 	
Net interest income	 	 	97,414	 	 	 	57,107	 	 	 	182,523	 	 	 	85,615	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	 	6,200	 	 	 	8,000	 	 	 	11,200	 	 	 	15,500	 	
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	 	 	91,214	 	 	 	49,107	 	 	 	171,323	 	 	 	70,115	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	 	36,652	 	 	 	28,803	 	 	 	73,046	 	 	 	55,274	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	 	12,795	 	 	 	11,848	 	 	 	30,177	 	 	 	27,386	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	 	35,403	 	 	 	28,747	 	 	 	68,674	 	 	 	57,518	 	
Software services revenue	 	 	5,499	 	 	 	6,119	 	 	 	9,843	 	 	 	11,824	 	
Other income	 	 	8,496	 	 	 	5,665	 	 	 	15,756	 	 	 	14,452	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	 	8,759	 	 	 	5,666	 	 	 	18,936	 	 	 	13,535	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
adjustments and derivative settlements, net	 	 	(10,608	)  	 	 	(24,478	)  	 	 	(8,926	)  	 	 	(5,000	)  	
Total other income	 	 	96,996	 	 	 	62,370	 	 	 	207,506	 	 	 	174,989	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	 	41,034	 	 	 	40,180	 	 	 	82,675	 	 	 	78,406	 	
Other operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	 	24,111	 	 	 	18,092	 	 	 	46,136	 	 	 	35,885	 	
Professional and other services	 	 	15,151	 	 	 	7,721	 	 	 	26,392	 	 	 	13,798	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	8,282	 	 	 	9,527	 	 	 	16,773	 	 	 	19,610	 	
Occupancy and communications	 	 	3,652	 	 	 	5,588	 	 	 	7,240	 	 	 	10,942	 	
Postage and distribution	 	 	2,708	 	 	 	2,274	 	 	 	5,577	 	 	 	5,142	 	
Advertising and marketing	 	 	2,524	 	 	 	1,986	 	 	 	5,983	 	 	 	3,696	 	
Trustee and other debt related fees	 	 	1,146	 	 	 	2,444	 	 	 	2,348	 	 	 	5,100	 	
Other	 	 	9,613	 	 	 	9,544	 	 	 	18,801	 	 	 	17,348	 	
Total other operating expenses	 	 	67,187	 	 	 	57,176	 	 	 	129,250	 	 	 	111,521	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	108,221	 	 	 	97,356	 	 	 	211,925	 	 	 	189,927	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	79,989	 	 	 	14,121	 	 	 	166,904	 	 	 	55,177	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	(29,996	)  	 	 	(5,918	)  	 	 	(62,589	)  	 	 	(21,519	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	49,993	 	 	 	8,203	 	 	 	104,315	 	 	 	33,658	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings - basic	 	$	1.00	 	 	 	0.16	 	 	 	2.08	 	 	 	0.68	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings - diluted	 	$	0.99	 	 	 	0.16	 	 	 	2.08	 	 	 	0.68	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividends paid per common share	 	$	0.07	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.14	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	49,735,398	 	 	 	49,534,413	 	 	 	49,726,099	 	 	 	49,339,451	 	
Diluted	 	 	49,934,648	 	 	 	49,733,561	 	 	 	49,923,680	 	 	 	49,543,461	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

3

 
NELNET, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)	
(unaudited)	
 
 	Preferred	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Class A	 	Class B	 	Additional	 	 	 	Employee	 	Total	 	
 	stock	 	Common stock shares	 	Preferred	 	common	 	common	 	paid-in	 	Retained	 	notes	 	shareholders’	 	
 	shares	 	Class A	 	Class B	 	stock	 	stock	 	stock	 	capital	 	earnings	 	receivable	 	equity	 	
 	 	 	
Balance as of March 31, 2009	—	 	38,276,870	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	383	 	115	 	106,678	 	565,976	 	(1,550	)  	671,602	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,203	 	—	 	8,203	 	
Issuance of common stock, net of forfeitures	—	 	51,951	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	953	 	—	 	—	 	953	 	
Compensation expense for stock based awards	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	353	 	—	 	—	 	353	 	
Repurchase of common stock	—	 	(3,329	)  	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(25	)  	—	 	—	 	(25	)  	
Reduction of employee stock notes receivable	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	101	 	101	 	
Balance as of June 30, 2009	—	 	38,325,492	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	383	 	115	 	107,959	 	574,179	 	(1,449	)  	681,187	 	

Balance as of March 31, 2010	—	 	38,587,293	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	386	 	115	 	112,980	 	726,982	 	(1,250	)	839,213	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	49,993	 	—	 	49,993	 	
Cash dividend on Class A and Class B common stock - $0.07 per share	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,507	)  	—	 	(3,507	)  	
Issuance of common stock, net of forfeitures	—	 	71,156	 	—	 	 	—	 	1 	 	—	 	701	 	—	 	—	 	702	 	
Compensation expense for stock based awards	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	366	 	—	 	—	 	366	 	
Repurchase of common stock	—	 	(663,443	)  	—	 	 	—	 	(7	)  	—	 	(12,815	)  	—	 	—	 	(12,822	)  	
Balance as of June 30, 2010	—	 	37,995,006	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	380	 	115	 	101,232	 	773,468	 	(1,250	)  	873,945	 	

Balance as of December 31, 2008	—	 	37,794,067	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	378	 	115	 	103,762	 	540,521	 	(1,550	)  	643,226	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	33,658	 	—	 	33,658	 	
Issuance of common stock, net of forfeitures	—	 	538,534	 	—	 	 	—	 	5	 	—	 	3,298	 	—	 	—	 	3,303	 	
Compensation expense for stock based awards	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	961	 	—	 	—	 	961	 	
Repurchase of common stock	—	 	(7,109	)  	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(62	)  	—	 	—	 	(62	)  	
Reduction of employee stock notes receivable	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	101	 	101	 	
Balance as of June 30, 2009	—	 	38,325,492	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	383	 	115	 	107,959	 	574,179	 	(1,449	)  	681,187	 	

Balance as of December 31, 2009	—	 	38,396,791	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	384	 	115	 	109,359	 	676,154	 	(1,449	)	784,563	 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	104,315	 	—	 	104,315	 	
Cash dividend on Class A and Class B common stock - $0.14 per share	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(7,001	)  	—	 	(7,001	)  	
Issuance of common stock, net of forfeitures	—	 	274,594	 	—	 	 	—	 	3	 	—	 	4,233	 	—	 	—	 	4,236	 	
Compensation expense for stock based awards	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	691	 	—	 	—	 	691	 	
Repurchase of common stock	—	 	(676,379	)  	—	 	 	—	 	(7	)  	—	 	(13,051	)  	—	 	—	 	(13,058	)  	
Reduction of employee notes receivable	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	199	 	199	 	
Balance as of June 30, 2010	—	 	37,995,006	 	11,495,377	 	$	—	 	380	 	115	 	101,232	 	773,468	 	(1,250	)  	873,945	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.	

4

 
NELNET, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	
(Dollars in thousands)	
(unaudited)	
 
 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	104,315	 	 	 	33,658	 	
Adjustments to reconcile income to net cash provided by operating activities, net of business acquisition:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization, including loan premiums and deferred origination costs	 	 	50,193	 	 	 	57,890	 	
Provision for loan losses	 	 	11,200	 	 	 	15,500	 	
Derivative market value adjustment	 	 	168,201	 	 	 	22,270	 	
Foreign currency transaction adjustment	 	 	(165,075	)	 	 	16,623	 	
Proceeds to terminate and/or amend derivative instruments	 	 	14,764	 	 	 	1,432	 	
Payments to terminate and/or amend derivative instruments	 	 	(763	)	 	 	(11,710	)	
Gain from repurchase of bonds and notes payable	 	 	(18,936	)	 	 	(13,937	)	
Loss on sale of loans	 	 	—	 	 	 	402	 	
Change in investments - trading securities, net	 	 	(31,017	)	 	 	(678	)	
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	 	 	7,229	 	 	 	(26,864	)	
Non-cash compensation expense	 	 	1,119	 	 	 	1,371	 	
Other non-cash items	 	 	495	 	 	 	8,692	 	
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable	 	 	(68,182	)	 	 	86,720	 	
Increase in accounts receivable	 	 	(15,393	)	 	 	(10,018	)	
Decrease in other assets	 	 	4,036	 	 	 	10,714	 	
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable	 	 	2,531	 	 	 	(46,665	)	
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	 	 	(3,306	)	 	 	10,616	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	61,411	 	 	 	156,016	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities, net of business acquisition:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Originations and purchases of student loans, including loan premiums/discounts and deferred origination costs	 	 	(2,936,134	)	 	 	(1,467,312	)	
Purchases of student loans from a related party	 	 	(988,998	)	 	 	(20,392	)	
Net proceeds from student loan repayments, claims, capitalized interest, participations, and other	 	 	1,049,712	 	 	 	1,177,455	 	
Proceeds from sale of student loans	 	 	21,036	 	 	 	341	 	
Proceeds from sale of student loans to a related party	 	 	—	 	 	 	40,033	 	
Purchases of property and equipment, net	 	 	(4,670	)	 	 	(444	)	
Increase in restricted cash and investments, net	 	 	(44,397	)	 	 	(85,208	)	
Business acquisition, net of cash acquired	 	 	(3,000	)	 	 	—	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(2,906,451	)	 	 	(355,527	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Payments on bonds and notes payable	 	 	(1,778,360	)	 	 	(2,205,629	)	
Proceeds from issuance of bonds and notes payable	 	 	4,586,636	 	 	 	2,584,680	 	
Payments of debt issuance costs	 	 	(7,043	)	 	 	(2,830	)	
Dividends paid	 	 	(7,001	)	 	 	—	 	
Repurchases of common stock	 	 	(13,058	)	 	 	(62	)	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	 	 	247	 	 	 	231	 	
Payments received on employee stock notes receivable	 	 	199	 	 	 	101	 	
Net cash provided by financing activities	 	 	2,781,620	 	 	 	376,491	 	

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	(63,420	)	 	 	176,980	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	 	 	338,181	 	 	 	189,847	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	 	$	274,761	 	 	 	366,827	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest paid	 	$	102,783	 	 	 	294,041	 	
Income taxes paid, net of refunds	 	$	51,887	 	 	 	30,299	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.	 	 	 	 	

5

NELNET, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Information as of June 30, 2010 and for the three and six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2009 is unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)
 
  1.    Basis of Financial Reporting

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of Nelnet, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2010 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 and, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results of operations for the interim periods presented.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the year ending December 31, 2010.  The unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Management has evaluated subsequent events and the impact on the reported results and disclosures through the date these financial statements were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Reclassifications

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassifications were made to change the income statement presentation to provide the users of the financial statements additional information related to the operating results of the Company. These reclassifications include reclassifying the Company’s gains on debt repurchases to “gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net” which were previously included in “other income.” The reclassifications had no effect on consolidated net income or consolidated assets and liabilities.

2.     Recent Developments

Legislation – FFELP

On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Reconciliation Act of 2010.  Effective July 1, 2010, this law prohibits new loan originations under the FFEL Program and requires that all new federal loan originations be made through the Direct Loan Program.  If a first disbursement has been made on a FFELP loan prior to July 1, 2010, subsequent disbursements of that loan may still be made under the FFELP.  The new law does not alter or affect the terms and conditions of existing FFELP loans.

As a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, the Company will no longer originate new (first disbursement) FFELP loans after June 30, 2010.  As such, subsequent to 2010, the Company will no longer recognize a gain from originating and subsequently selling FFELP loans to the Department of Education under the Department’s Purchase Program. During the third and fourth quarters of 2009, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $9.7 million and $26.9 million, respectively, from selling $427.7 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, of 2008-2009 academic year loans to the Department under the Purchase Program.   The Company continues to use the Department’s Participation Program  to fund loans originated for the 2009-2010 academic year. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $2.0 billion of loans classified as held for sale funded in the Participation Program that are expected to be sold to the Department under the Purchase Program. The Company estimates that it will recognize a pre-tax gain during the fourth quarter of 2010 of approximately $30 million to $33 million when it sells these loans under this program.  In addition, as a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, net interest income on the Company’s existing FFELP loan portfolio, as well as fee-based revenue from guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing and education loan software licensing and consulting fees, will decline over time as the Company and its customers’ FFELP loan portfolios are paid down.  During the six month period ended June 30, 2010 and year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized approximately $187 million and $247 million, respectively, of net interest income on its FFELP loan portfolio; $61 million and $100 million, respectively, in guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing revenue; and approximately $5 million and $12 million, respectively, in education loan software licensing and consulting fees related to the FFEL Program.

Due to the legislative changes in the student loan industry, the Company believes there will be opportunities to purchase FFELP loan portfolios and/or expand its current level of guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing volume on behalf of current FFELP participants looking to modify their involvement in FFELP and/or exit that business.  For example, during the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased $1.9 billion of FFELP student loans from various third-parties.

6

Direct Loan Servicing Contract

In June 2009, the Company was one of four private sector companies awarded a student loan servicing contract by the Department.  The Company began servicing loans for the Department in September 2009 and, as of June 30, 2010, the Company was servicing $12.9 billion of loans for 1.5 million borrowers under this contract.  The Department has estimated $116 billion of new student loan originations will be funded through the Direct Loan Program for the 2010-2011 academic year (July 1, 2010 – June 30, 2011).  This volume will be allocated by the Department to the four servicers based on performance factors such as customer satisfaction levels and default rates.  For the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company earned $9.7 million in revenue under this contract.

Legislation – Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).  The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States, establishes the new federal Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “BCFP”), and will require the BCFP and other federal agencies, including the SEC, to undertake assessments and rulemakings. The majority of the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act are aimed at financial institutions. However, there are components of the legislation that will have an impact on the Company, including new requirements for derivatives and securitizations. In addition, there are provisions with which the Company will have to comply as a public company and provisions which may impact the Company as it works with financial institutions. At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting regulations will impact the Company’s business and operations. As rules and regulations are promulgated by the federal agencies responsible for implementing and enforcing the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company will need to apply adequate resources to ensure that it is in compliance with all applicable provisions.  Compliance with these new laws and regulations may result in additional costs and may otherwise adversely impact the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity.

Legislation – Department of Education Proposed Rulemaking – Incentive Compensation and Misrepresentation
 
Certain provisions in recently proposed regulations under the Higher Education Act could have an impact on the Company’s Enrollment Services operating segment, as a result of its services provided to for-profit schools.  The United States Higher Education Act provides that to be eligible to participate in Federal student financial aid programs, an educational institution, including for-profit schools, must enter into a program participation agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Education. The agreement includes a number of conditions with which an institution must comply to be granted initial and continuing eligibility to participate. Among those conditions is a prohibition on institutions providing any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments to any individual or entity engaged in recruiting or admission activities. The regulations promulgated under the Higher Education Act specify a number of types of compensation, or “safe harbors,” that do not constitute incentive compensation in violation of this agreement. One of these safe harbors permits an institution to award incentive compensation for Internet-based recruitment and admission activities. The Department of Education has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in which it suggested repealing all existing safe harbors regarding incentive compensation in recruiting, though exempting click-based payments to third parties for the provision of internet generated student contact information. Additionally, the proposed rulemaking includes misrepresentation standards for ads, offers, and communications presented to prospective students, with associated penalties for noncompliance with these standards. The statutory deadline for publication of final regulations is November 1, 2010.  These regulations may subject the Company to greater risk of liability and may increase the Company’s costs of compliance with these regulations or limit the Company’s ability to serve for-profit schools.

3.    Student Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

Student loans consist of federally insured and non-federally insured student loans. If the Company has the ability and intent to hold loans for the foreseeable future, such loans are held for investment and carried at amortized cost. Amortized cost includes the unamortized premium or discount and capitalized origination costs and fees, all of which are amortized to interest income. Loans which are held for investment also have an allowance for loan loss as needed. Any loans the Company has the ability and intent to sell are classified as held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans which are held for sale do not have the associated premium or discount and origination costs and fees amortized into interest income and there is also no related allowance for loan losses.

As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $2.0 billion of FFELP loans classified as held for sale.  These loans are funded using the Department’s Participation Program and are expected to be sold to the Department under the Purchase Program during the fourth quarter of 2010. Under the Purchase Program, the Department will purchase loans at a price equal to the sum of (i) par value, (ii) accrued interest, (iii) the one percent origination fee paid to the Department, and (iv) a fixed amount of $75 per loan.  Upon selling the $2.0 billion in loans held for sale, the Company expects to recognize a pre-tax gain of approximately $30 million to $33 million. See note 4 for additional information related to the Department’s Participation and Purchase Programs.

7

Student loans receivable consisted of the following:
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	Held for investment	 	 	Held for sale	 	 	Held for investment	 	
Federally insured loans	 	$	24,408,131	 	 	 	1,970,516	 	 	 	23,472,553	 	
Non-federally insured loans	 	 	137,141	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	163,321	 	
 	 	 	24,545,272	 	 	 	1,970,516	 	 	 	23,635,874	 	
Unamortized loan premiums/discounts and deferred origination costs, net	 	 	252,457	 	 	 	25,353	 	 	 	341,970	 	
Allowance for loan losses – federally insured loans	 	 	(32,972	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(30,102	)  	
Allowance for loan losses – non-federally insured loans	 	 	(17,825	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(20,785	)  	
 	 	$	24,746,932	 	 	 	1,995,869	 	 	 	23,926,957 	 	
Allowance for federally insured loans - held for investment as a percentage of such loans	 	 	0.14	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.13	%	
Allowance for non-federally insured loans as a percentage of such loans	 	 	13.00	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	12.73	%	

The Company has provided for an allowance for loan losses related to its student loan portfolio. Activity in the allowance for loan losses is shown below:
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	49,400	 	 	 	48,497	 	 	 	50,887	 	 	 	50,922	 	
Provision for loan losses	 	 	6,200	 	 	 	8,000	 	 	 	11,200	 	 	 	15,500	 	
Loans charged off, net of recoveries	 	 	(7,023	)  	 	 	(5,197	)  	 	 	(12,220	)  	 	 	(9,102	)  	
Purchase of loans	 	 	2,220	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,930	 	 	 	—	 	
Sale of loans	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,300	)  	 	 	(2,000	)  	 	 	(7,320	)  	
Ending balance	 	$	50,797	 	 	 	50,000	 	 	 	50,797	 	 	 	50,000	 	

As of June 30, 2010, the Company has participated $114.5 million of non-federally insured loans to third parties, including $20.0 million and $1.0 million during the first and second quarters of 2010, respectively. Loans participated under these agreements have been accounted for by the Company as loan sales. Accordingly, the participation interests sold are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.  The loss on the sale of these loans for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was not material.  Per the terms of the servicing agreements, the Company’s servicing operations are obligated to repurchase loans subject to the participation interests in the event such loans become 60 or 90 days delinquent.  The activity in the accrual account related to this repurchase obligation, which is included in “other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, is detailed below.
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	12,600	 	 	 	5,500	 	 	 	10,600	 	 	 	—	 	
Transfer from allowance for loan losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,300	 	 	 	2,000	 	 	 	6,800	 	
Reserve for repurchase of delinquent loans (a)	 	 	—	 	 	 	800	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	800	 	
Ending balance	 	$	12,600	 	 	 	7,600	 	 	 	12,600	 	 	 	7,600	 	
 
 	(a)	The reserve for repurchase of delinquent loans is included in "other" under other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.	 	

8

Related Party Loan Activity

During 2008 and 2009, the Company sold $611.9 million of FFELP student loans (the “FFELP Loans”) to Union Bank & Trust Company (“Union Bank”), an entity under common control with the Company. These loans were sold pursuant to an affiliate transaction exemption granted by the Federal Reserve Board which allowed Union Bank to purchase FFELP loans from the Company. In connection with the exemption and the loan purchases by Union Bank, an Assurance Commitment Agreement (the “Commitment Agreement”) was also entered into, by and among, the Company, Union Bank, and Michael S. Dunlap, the Company’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and a principal shareholder of the Company. Per the terms of the Commitment Agreement, the Company provided certain assurances to Union Bank designed to mitigate potential losses related to the FFELP Loans, including holding amounts in escrow equal to the unguaranteed portion and reimbursing Union Bank for losses, if any, related to the portfolio.  As part of this agreement, the Company was also obligated to buy back loans once they were 30 days delinquent. During the first quarter 2010, the Company purchased $535.9 million (par value) of federally insured student loans from Union Bank, which represented all outstanding FFELP loans remaining under the provisions of the Commitment Agreement. As a result of this loan purchase, the Company no longer has a commitment to hold amounts in escrow, reimburse Union Bank for losses, and buy back delinquent loans related to this portfolio.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased $1.9 billion of FFELP student loans from third parties, including $453.1 million (par value) from Union Bank and approximately $900 million from a state agency.  In conjunction with the Company’s purchase of loans from the state agency, Union Bank purchased loans from the state agency under similar terms.

4.     Bonds and Notes Payable

The Company has historically utilized operating cash flow, secured financing transactions (which include warehouse facilities, asset-backed securitizations, and the government’s Participation and Conduit Programs), operating lines of credit, and other borrowing arrangements to fund its Asset Generation and Management operations and student loan acquisitions. In addition, the Company has used operating cash flow, borrowings on its unsecured line of credit, and unsecured debt offerings to fund corporate activities, business acquisitions, and repurchases of common stock.

The following tables summarize the Company’s outstanding debt obligations by type of instrument:
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	
 	 	Carrying	 	 	Interest rate	 	 	
 	 	amount	 	 	range	 	Final maturity	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Variable-rate bonds and notes (a):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes based on indices	 	$	20,338,114	 	 	0.31% - 6.90%	 	05/26/14 - 11/25/43	
Bonds and notes based on auction or remarketing	 	 	1,251,910	 	 	0.30% - 1.85%	 	05/01/11 - 07/01/43	
Total variable-rate bonds and notes	 	 	21,590,024	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial paper - FFELP facility (b)	 	 	63,367	 	 	0.33% - 0.48%	 	07/29/13	
Unsecured debt - Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities	 	 	198,250	 	 	7.40%	 	09/15/61	
Unsecured line of credit	 	 	691,500	 	 	0.85%	 	05/08/12	
Department of Education Participation	 	 	1,949,130	 	 	0.71%	 	10/15/10	
Department of Education Conduit	 	 	2,910,565	 	 	0.38%	 	05/08/14	
Other borrowings	 	 	25,936	 	 	0.35% - 5.10%	 	11/14/10 - 11/01/15	
 	 	$	27,428,772	 	 	 	 	 	

9

 
 	 	As of December 31, 2009	
 	 	Carrying	 	 	Interest rate	 	 	
 	 	amount	 	 	range	 	Final maturity	
Variable-rate bonds and notes (a):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes based on indices	 	$	20,187,356	 	 	 	0.26% - 6.90%	 	05/26/14 - 04/25/42	
Bonds and notes based on auction or remarketing	 	 	1,726,960	 	 	 	0.21% - 3.73%	 	05/01/11 - 07/01/43	
Total variable-rate bonds and notes	 	 	21,914,316	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial paper - FFELP facility (b)	 	 	305,710	 	 	 	0.21% - 0.32%	 	08/03/12	
Fixed-rate bonds and notes (a)	 	 	8,940	 	 	 	6.15% - 6.34%	 	07/02/20 - 05/01/29	
Unsecured debt - Senior Notes	 	 	66,716	 	 	 	5.125%	 	06/01/10	
Unsecured debt - Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities	 	 	198,250	 	 	 	7.40%	 	09/15/61	
Unsecured line of credit	 	 	691,500	 	 	 	0.73%	 	05/08/12	
Department of Education Participation	 	 	463,912	 	 	 	0.79%	 	09/30/10	
Department of Education Conduit	 	 	1,125,929	 	 	 	0.27%	 	05/08/14	
Other borrowings	 	 	30,016	 	 	 	0.24% - 5.10%	 	01/01/10 - 11/01/15	
 	 	$	24,805,289	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
 	(a)	Issued in asset-backed securitizations	
 
 	(b)	Loan warehouse facility	
 
Secured Financing Transactions

The Company has historically relied upon secured financing vehicles as its most significant source of funding for student loans. The net cash flow the Company receives from the securitized student loans generally represents the excess amounts, if any, generated by the underlying student loans over the amounts required to be paid to the bondholders, after deducting servicing fees and any other expenses relating to the securitizations. The Company’s rights to cash flow from securitized student loans are subordinate to bondholder interests and may fail to generate any cash flow beyond what is due to bondholders.

The majority of the bonds and notes payable are primarily secured by the student loans receivable, related accrued interest, and by the amounts on deposit in the accounts established under the respective bond resolutions or financing agreements. Certain variable rate bonds and notes are secured by a letter of credit and reimbursement agreement issued by State Street.

Historically, the Company funded loan originations and acquisitions using loan warehouse facilities and asset-backed securitizations. Student loan warehousing allows the Company to buy and manage student loans prior to transferring them into more permanent financing arrangements. In August 2008, the Company began funding FFELP Stafford and PLUS student loan originations for the 2008-2009 and 2009-2010 academic years pursuant to the Department’s Participation Program and a participation agreement with Union Bank. In 2009, the Company began funding loans under the Department’s Conduit Program.

Loan warehouse facility

On July 30, 2010, the Company renewed its FFELP warehouse facility (the “2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility”). The 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility has a maximum financing amount of $500.0 million, with a revolving financing structure supported by 364-day liquidity provisions, which expire on July 29, 2011. The final maturity date of the facility is July 29, 2013. In the event the Company is unable to renew the liquidity provisions by July 29, 2011, the facility would become a term facility at a stepped-up cost, with no additional student loans being eligible for financing, and the Company would be required to refinance the existing loans in the facility by July 29, 2013.

The 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility provides for formula based advance rates depending on FFELP loan type, up to a maximum of 85 percent to 98 percent of the principal and interest of loans financed. The advance rates for collateral may increase or decrease based on market conditions, but they are subject to a minimum advance of 75 to 80 percent based on loan type. The facility contains financial covenants relating to levels of the Company’s consolidated net worth, ratio of adjusted EBITDA to corporate debt interest, and unencumbered cash. Any violation of these covenants could result in a requirement for the immediate repayment of any outstanding borrowings under the facility. As of June 30, 2010, $63.4 million was outstanding under the FFELP Warehouse Facility and $436.6 million was available for future use.

Asset-backed securitizations

As part of the Company’s issuance of asset-backed securities in March 2008 and May 2008, due to credit market conditions when these notes were issued, the Company purchased the Class B subordinated notes of $36 million (par value) and $41 million (par value), respectively.  These notes are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  If the credit market conditions continue to improve, the Company anticipates selling these notes to third parties.  Upon a sale to third parties, the Company would obtain cash proceeds equal to the market value of the notes on the date of such sale.  Upon sale, these notes would be shown as “bonds and notes payable” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  The Company believes the market value of such notes is currently less than par value.  The difference between the par value and market value would be recognized by the Company as interest expense over the life of the bonds.

10

On February 17, 2010 and March 9, 2010, the Company completed asset-backed securities transactions of $523.3 million and $660.0 million, respectively. In addition, subsequent to the second quarter, on August 3, 2010, the Company completed an asset-backed securities transaction of $378.3 million. Notes issued in these transactions carry interest rates based on a spread to LIBOR. The Company used the proceeds from the sale of these notes to purchase principal and interest on student loans, including loans which were previously financed in other asset-backed securitizations and the 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility.

Department of Education’s Loan Participation and Purchase Commitment Programs

In August 2008, the Department implemented the Purchase Program and the Participation Program pursuant to the Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008 (“ECASLA”). Under the Participation Program, the Department provides interim short term liquidity to FFELP lenders by purchasing participation interests in pools of FFELP loans. FFELP lenders are charged a rate of commercial paper plus 50 basis points on the principal amount of participation interests outstanding. Loans funded under the Participation Program for the 2009-2010 academic year must be either refinanced by the lender by September 30, 2010 or sold to the Department pursuant to the Purchase Program on or prior to October 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $1.9 billion borrowed under the Participation Program.  The Company plans to sell the FFELP loans funded under the Participation Program to the Department using the Department’s Purchase Program during the fourth quarter of 2010.

Department of Education’s Conduit Program

In January 2009, the Department published summary terms for its program under which it will finance eligible FFELP Stafford and PLUS loans in a conduit vehicle established to provide funding for student lenders (the “Conduit Program”).  Loans eligible for the Conduit Program had to be first disbursed on or after October 1, 2003, but not later than June 30, 2009, and fully disbursed before September 30, 2009, and meet certain other requirements. The Conduit Program was launched on May 11, 2009. Funding for the Conduit Program is provided by the capital markets at a cost based on market rates, with the Company being advanced 97 percent of the student loan face amount. Excess amounts needed to fund the remaining 3 percent of the student loan balances are contributed by the Company. The Conduit Program has a term of five years and expires on May 8, 2014. The Student Loan Short-Term Notes (“Student Loan Notes”) issued by the Conduit Program are supported by a combination of  (i) notes backed by FFELP loans, (ii) a liquidity agreement with the Federal Financing Bank, and (iii) a put agreement provided by the Department.  If the conduit does not have sufficient funds to pay all Student Loan Notes, then those Student Loan Notes will be repaid with funds from the Federal Financing Bank.  The Federal Financing Bank will hold the notes for a short period of time and, if at the end of that time, the Student Loan Notes still cannot be paid off, the underlying FFELP loans that serve as collateral to the Conduit Program will be sold to the Department through a put agreement at a price of 97 percent of the face amount of the loans.  As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $2.9 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, borrowed under the facility and $78.6 million and $66.8 million, respectively, advanced as equity support in the facility. Beginning July 1, 2010, no additional loans can be funded using the Conduit Program.

Union Bank Participation Agreement

The Company maintains an agreement with Union Bank, as trustee for various grantor trusts, under which Union Bank has agreed to purchase from the Company participation interests in student loans (the “FFELP Participation Agreement”). The Company has the option to purchase the participation interests from the grantor trusts at the end of a 364-day term upon termination of the participation certificate.  As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $647.9 million and $613.3 million, respectively, of loans were subject to outstanding participation interests held by Union Bank, as trustee, under this agreement. The agreement automatically renews annually and is terminable by either party upon five business days notice. This agreement provides beneficiaries of Union Bank’s grantor trusts with access to investments in interests in student loans, while providing liquidity to the Company on a short-term basis.  The Company can participate loans to Union Bank to the extent of availability under the grantor trusts, up to $750 million or an amount in excess of $750 million if mutually agreed to by both parties.  Loans participated under this agreement have been accounted for by the Company as loan sales.  Accordingly, the participation interests sold are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Unsecured Line of Credit

The Company has a $750.0 million unsecured line of credit that terminates in May 2012.  As of June 30, 2010, there was $691.5 million outstanding on this line.  Upon termination in 2012, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain this line of credit, find alternative funding, or increase the amount outstanding under the line, if necessary.  The lending commitment under the Company’s unsecured line of credit is provided by a total of thirteen banks, with no individual bank representing more than 11% of the total lending commitment. The bank lending group includes Lehman Brothers Bank (“Lehman”), a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which represents approximately 7% of the lending commitment under the line of credit. On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Company does not expect that Lehman will fund future borrowing requests. As of June 30, 2010, excluding Lehman’s lending commitment, the Company has $51.2 million available for future use under its unsecured line of credit.

11

The line of credit agreement contains certain financial covenants that, if not met, lead to an event of default under the agreement.  The covenants include maintaining:

 	·	A minimum consolidated net worth	

 	·	A minimum adjusted EBITDA to corporate debt interest (over the last four rolling quarters)	

 	·	A limitation on subsidiary indebtedness	

 	·	A limitation on the percentage of non-guaranteed loans in the Company’s portfolio	

As of June 30, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of these requirements. Many of these covenants are duplicated in the Company’s other lending facilities, including its FFELP warehouse facility.

The Company’s operating line of credit does not have any covenants related to unsecured debt ratings.  However, changes in the Company’s ratings (as well as the amounts the Company borrows) have modest implications on the pricing level at which the Company obtains funding. A default on the 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility would result in an event of default on the Company’s unsecured line of credit that would result in the outstanding balance on the line of credit becoming immediately due and payable.

Debt Repurchases

The Company has repurchased outstanding debt as summarized below. Gains recorded by the Company from the repurchase of debt are included in “gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Notional
amount	 	Purchase
price	 	Gain	 	 	Notional
amount	 	Purchase
price	 	Gain	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Asset-backed securities	$	117,775	 	109,016	 	8,759	 	 	392,025	 	373,089	 	18,936	 	
 
 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	Notional
amount	 	Purchase
price	 	Gain	 	 	Notional
amount	 	Purchase
price	 	Gain	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unsecured debt - Senior Notes due 2010	$	35,520	 	31,080	 	4,440	 	 	70,386	 	57,871	 	12,515	 	
Unsecured debt - Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities	 	1,750	 	350	 	1,400	 	 	1,750	 	350	 	1,400	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	1,100	 	1,078	 	22	 	 	1,100	 	1,078	 	22	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	$	38,370	 	32,508	 	5,862	 	 	73,236	 	59,299	 	13,937	 	
 
5.  Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations.  The primary risks managed by using derivative instruments are interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange risk.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s primary market risk exposure arises from fluctuations in its borrowing and lending rates, the spread between which could impact the Company due to shifts in market interest rates. Because the Company generates a significant portion of its earnings from its student loan spread, the interest rate sensitivity of the balance sheet is a key profitability driver.  The Company has adopted a policy of periodically reviewing the mismatch related to the interest rate characteristics of its assets and liabilities together with the Company's assessment of current and future market conditions. Based on those factors, the Company uses derivative instruments as part of its overall risk management strategy.

12

Basis Swaps

The Company funds the majority of its student loan assets with three-month LIBOR indexed floating rate securities. Meanwhile, the interest earned on the Company’s student loan assets is indexed to commercial paper and treasury bill rates. The different interest rate characteristics of the Company’s loan assets and liabilities funding these assets results in basis risk. The Company also faces repricing risk due to the timing of the interest rate resets on its liabilities, which may occur as infrequently as once a quarter, in contrast to the timing of the interest rate resets on its assets, which generally occurs daily. In a declining interest rate environment, this may cause the Company’s student loan spread to compress, while in a rising rate environment, it may cause the spread to increase.  As of June 30 2010, the Company had $25.4 billion and $1.0 billion of FFELP loans indexed to the three-month financial commercial paper rate and the three-month treasury bill rate, respectively, both of which reset daily, and $20.3 billion of debt indexed to three-month LIBOR, which resets quarterly.

Because of the different index types and different index reset frequencies, the Company is exposed to interest rate risk in the form of basis risk and repricing risk, which, as noted above, is the risk that the different indices may reset at different frequencies, or will not move in the same direction or with the same magnitude. While these indices are all short term in nature with rate movements that are highly correlated over a longer period of time, there have been points in recent history when volatility has been high and correlation has been reduced.

The Company has used derivative instruments to hedge both the basis and repricing risk on certain student loans in which the Company earns interest based on a treasury bill rate that resets daily and are funded with debt indexed to primarily three-month LIBOR.  To hedge these loans, the Company has entered into basis swaps in which the Company receives three-month LIBOR set discretely in advance and pays a weekly treasury bill rate plus a spread as defined in the agreement (“T-Bill/LIBOR Basis Swaps”).

However, the Company does not generally hedge the basis risk on those assets indexed to the commercial paper rate that are funded with liabilities in which the Company pays primarily on the LIBOR index, since the derivatives needed to hedge this risk are generally illiquid or non-existent and the relationship between these indices has been highly correlated over a long period of time.

The Company has also used derivative instruments to hedge the repricing risk due to the timing of the interest rate resets on its assets and liabilities.  The Company has entered into basis swaps in which the Company:

 	·	receives three-month LIBOR set discretely in advance and pays a daily weighted average three-month LIBOR less a spread as defined in the agreements (the “Average/Discrete Basis Swaps”)	

 	·	receives three-month LIBOR and pays one-month LIBOR plus or minus a spread as defined in the agreements (the “1/3 Basis Swaps”)	

The following table summarizes the Company’s basis swaps outstanding:
 
 	As of June 30, 2010	 	
 	Notional Amounts	 	
 	 	1/3 Basis Swaps	 	T-Bill/LIBOR
Basis Swaps	 	
 					 	
Maturity					 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
2011	 	$	—	 	225,000 	(a)	
2021	 	 	250,000	 	—	 	
2023	 	 	1,250,000	 	—	 	
2024	 	 	250,000	 	—	 	
2028	 	 	100,000	 	—	 	
2039	 	 	150,000	 	—	 	
2040	 	 	200,000	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	2,200,000	 	225,000	 	

13

 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	Notional Amounts	 	
 	 	1/3 Basis Swaps	 	 	T-Bill/LIBOR
Basis Swaps	 	
 						 	
Maturity						 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	1,000,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	225,000 	(a)	
2013	 	 	500,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2014	 	 	500,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2018	 	 	1,300,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2019	 	 	500,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2021	 	 	250,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2023	 	 	1,250,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2024	 	 	250,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2028	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	—	 	
2039	 	 	150,000	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	5,800,000	 	 	 	225,000	 	

 	(a)	These derivatives have forward effective start dates of October 2010 ($75 million), November 2010 ($75 million), and December 2010 ($75 million).	

Interest rate swaps – floor income hedges

FFELP loans originated prior to April 1, 2006 generally earn interest at the higher of a floating rate based on the Special Allowance Payment (or SAP) formula set by the Department and the borrower rate, which is fixed over a period of time. The SAP formula is based on an applicable index plus a fixed spread that is dependent upon when the loan was originated, the loan’s repayment status, and funding sources for the loan. The Company generally finances its student loan portfolio with variable rate debt. In low and/or declining interest rate environments, when the fixed borrower rate is higher than the rate produced by the SAP formula, the Company’s student loans earn at a fixed rate while the interest on the variable rate debt typically continues to decline. In these interest rate environments, the Company may earn additional spread income that it refers to as floor income.

Depending on the type of loan and when it was originated, the borrower rate is either fixed to term or is reset to an annual rate each July 1. As a result, for loans where the borrower rate is fixed to term, the Company may earn floor income for an extended period of time, which the Company refers to as fixed rate floor income, and for those loans where the borrower rate is reset annually on July 1, the Company may earn floor income to the next reset date, which the Company refers to as variable rate floor income. In accordance with legislation enacted in 2006, lenders are required to rebate fixed rate floor income and variable rate floor income to the Department for all FFELP loans first originated on or after April 1, 2006.

Absent the use of derivative instruments, a rise in interest rates may reduce the amount of floor income received and this may have an impact on earnings due to interest margin compression caused by increasing financing costs, until such time as the federally insured loans earn interest at a variable rate in accordance with their special allowance payment formulas. In higher interest rate environments, where the interest rate rises above the borrower rate and fixed rate loans effectively become variable rate loans, the impact of the rate fluctuations is reduced.

14

As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $8.1 billion and $10.3 billion, respectively, of student loan assets that were earning fixed rate floor income. The following tables summarize the outstanding derivative investments used by the Company to hedge these loans.

 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	
 	 	 	 	 	average fixed	 	
 	 	Notional	 	 	rate paid by	 	
Maturity	 	Amount	 	 	the Company (a)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	4,500,000	 	 	 	0.52	%	
2011	 	 	2,000,000	 	 	 	0.65	 	
2012	 	 	950,000	 	 	 	1.08	 	
2013	 	 	150,000	 	 	 	1.44	 	
2015	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	2.26	 	
2020	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	3.23	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	7,800,000	 	 	 	0.70	%	
 
 	 	As of December 31, 2009	
 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	
 	 	 	 	 	average fixed	
 	 	Notional	 	 	rate paid by	
Maturity	 	Amount	 	 	the Company (a)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	4,750,000	 	 	 	0.54	%	
2011	 	 	150,000	 	 	 	1.03	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	4,900,000	 	 	 	0.55	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) For all interest rate derivatives, the Company receives discrete three-month LIBOR.	

Interest rate swaps – unsecured debt hedges

On September 27, 2006, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities (“Hybrid Securities”). The interest rate on the Hybrid Securities from the date they were issued through September 28, 2011 is 7.40%, payable semi-annually. Beginning September 29, 2011 through September 29, 2036, the “scheduled maturity date,” the interest rate on the Hybrid Securities will be equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.375%, payable quarterly. The Company has entered into the following derivatives to effectively convert the future variable interest rate on a portion of the Hybrid Securities to a fixed rate.
 
 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	
 	 	 	 	 	average fixed	 	
 	 	Notional	 	 	rate paid by	 	
 	 	Amount (a)	 	 	the Company (b)	 	
As of June 30, 2010	$	75,000	 	 	4.28	%	
As of December 31, 2009	$	25,000	 	 	4.36	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a)  For all interest rate derivatives, the effective start date is March 29, 2012 and the maturity is September 29, 2036.	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(b)  For all interest rate derivatives, the Company receives discrete three-month LIBOR.	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

During 2006, the Company completed separate debt offerings of student loan asset-backed securities that included €420.5 million and €352.7 million Euro Notes with interest rates based on a spread to the EURIBOR index. As a result of this transaction, the Company is exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and Euro. The principal and accrued interest on these notes is re-measured at each reporting period and recorded on the Company’s balance sheet in U.S. dollars based on the foreign currency exchange rate on that date. Changes in the principal and accrued interest amounts as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations are included in the “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

15

The Company entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps in connection with the issuance of the Euro Notes. Under the terms of these derivative instrument agreements, the Company receives from a counterparty a spread to the EURIBOR index based on notional amounts of €420.5 million and €352.7 million and pays a spread to the LIBOR index based on notional amounts of $500.0 million and $450.0 million, respectively. In addition, under the terms of these agreements, all principal payments on the Euro Notes will effectively be paid at the exchange rate in effect as of the issuance of the notes.

The following table shows the income statement impact as a result of the re-measurement of the Euro Notes and the change in the fair value of the related derivative instruments. These items are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Re-measurement of Euro Notes	 	$	93,401	 	 	 	(63,865	)  	 	 	165,075	 	 	 	(16,623	)  	
Change in fair value of cross currency interest rate swaps	 	 	(100,946	)  	 	 	41,209	 	 	 	(160,021	)  	 	 	(15,902	)  	
   Total impact to statements of income - income (expense)	 	$	(7,545	)	 	 	(22,656	)  	 	 	5,054	 	 	 	(32,525	)  	
 
The re-measurement of the Euro-denominated bonds generally correlates with the change in fair value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps. However, the Company will experience unrealized gains or losses related to the cross-currency interest rate swaps if the two underlying indices (and related forward curve) do not move in parallel. Management intends to hold the cross-currency interest rate swaps through the maturity of the Euro-denominated bonds.

Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company records derivative instruments on the consolidated balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. Management has structured the majority of the Company’s derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective; however, the Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  As a result, the change in fair value of the Company’s derivatives at each reporting date are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Changes or shifts in the forward yield curve and fluctuations in currency rates can significantly impact the valuation of the Company’s derivatives. Accordingly, changes or shifts to the forward yield curve and fluctuations in currency rates will impact the financial position and results of operations of the Company.

Any proceeds received or payments made by the Company to terminate a derivative in advance of its expiration date, or to amend the terms of an existing derivative, are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the consolidated statements of income and are accounted for as a change in fair value on such derivative. During the six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company terminated and/or amended certain derivatives for net proceeds of $14.0 million and net payments of $10.3 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s derivatives not designated as hedging:
 
 	Fair value of asset derivatives	 	 	Fair value of liability derivatives	 	
 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average/discrete basis swaps	$	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
1/3 basis swaps	 	10,594	 	 	 	17,768	 	 	 	527	 	 	 	—	 	
T-Bill/LIBOR basis swaps	 	136	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	259	 	
Interest rate swaps - floor income hedges	 	2,459	 	 	 	4,497	 	 	 	7,740	 	 	 	2,230	 	
Interest rate swaps - unsecured debt hedges	 	—	 	 	 	1,817	 	 	 	4,359	 	 	 	—	 	
Cross-currency interest rate swaps	 	22,009	 	 	 	169,817	 	 	 	12,214	 	 	 	—	 	
Other	 	156	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,306	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	$	35,354	 	 	 	193,899	 	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	2,489	 	

16

The following table summarizes the effect of derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of income. All gains and losses recognized in income related to the Company’s derivative activity are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net”, on the consolidated statements of income.
 
 	 	Amount of gain (or loss) recognized	 	 	Amount of gain (or loss) recognized	 	
Derivatives not designated as hedging	 	in income on derivatives	 	 	in income on derivatives	 	
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Settlements:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average/discrete basis swaps	 	$	—	 	 	 	1,040	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11,062	 	
1/3 basis swaps	 	 	80	 	 	 	6,657	 	 	 	221	 	 	 	17,401	 	
Interest rate swaps - floor income hedges	 	 	(4,286	)  	 	 	(11	)  	 	 	(8,143	)  	 	 	(11	)  	
Interest rate swaps - unsecured debt hedges	 	 	(79	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(79	)  	 	 	—	 	
Cross-currency interest rate swaps	 	 	917	 	 	 	1,849	 	 	 	2,219	 	 	 	5,441	 	
Other	 	 	(9	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(18	)  	 	 	—	 	
   Total settlements - (expense) income	 	 	(3,377	)  	 	 	9,535	 	 	 	(5,800	)  	 	 	33,893	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in fair value:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average/discrete basis swaps	 	 	—	 	 	 	(6,682	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(18,678	)  	
1/3 basis swaps	 	 	6,300	 	 	 	(7,118	)  	 	 	5,754	 	 	 	9,867	 	
T-Bill/LIBOR basis swaps	 	 	190	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	236	 	 	 	—	 	
Interest rate swaps - floor income hedges	 	 	(9	)  	 	 	1,011	 	 	 	(7,548	)  	 	 	1,011	 	
Interest rate swaps - unsecured debt hedges	 	 	(5,377	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5,321	)  	 	 	—	 	
Cross-currency interest rate swaps	 	 	(100,946	)  	 	 	41,209	 	 	 	(160,021	)  	 	 	(15,902	)  	
Other	 	 	(790	)  	 	 	1,432	 	 	 	(1,301	)  	 	 	1,432	 	
   Total change in fair value - (expense) income	 	 	(100,632	)  	 	 	29,852	 	 	 	(168,201	)  	 	 	(22,270	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Re-measurement of Euro Notes (foreign currency	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
transaction adjustment) - (expense) income	 	 	93,401	 	 	 	(63,865	)  	 	 	165,075	 	 	 	(16,623	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and derivative settlements - (expense) income	 	$	(10,608	)	 	 	(24,478	)  	 	 	(8,926	)  	 	 	(5,000	)  	

Derivative Instruments - Credit and Market Risk

By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.

When the fair value of a derivative instrument is negative, the Company would owe the counterparty if the derivative was settled and, therefore, has no immediate credit risk.  Additionally, if the negative fair value of derivatives with a counterparty exceeds a specified threshold, the Company may have to make a collateral deposit with the counterparty. The threshold at which the Company posts collateral may depend on the Company’s unsecured credit rating.  If interest and foreign currency exchange rates move materially, the Company could be required to deposit a significant amount of collateral with its derivative instrument counterparties. The collateral deposits, if significant, could negatively impact the Company’s liquidity and capital resources. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $5.3 million posted as collateral to derivative counterparties.

When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty would owe the Company if the derivative was settled. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk with such counterparty is equal to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative less any collateral held by the Company.  As of June 30, 2010, the trustee on the Company's asset-backed securities transactions held $113.2 million of collateral from the counterparty on the cross-currency interest rate swaps.

The Company attempts to manage market and credit risks associated with interest and foreign currency exchange rates by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken, and by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company’s risk committee. The Company also has a policy of requiring that all derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. Master Agreement.

17

6.    Segment Reporting

The Company earns fee-based revenue through its Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing, Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce, and Enrollment Services operating segments. In addition, the Company earns net interest income on its student loan portfolio through its Asset Generation and Management operating segment. The Company’s operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer or the types of customers they serve, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. In the first quarter of 2010, internal reporting to executive management (the “chief operating decision maker”) changed to reflect operational changes made within the organization. The operations of various segments changed in the first quarter of 2010 in order for the Company to capitalize on external servicing opportunities while obtaining maximum operating leverage. The change in operating results reviewed by management changed the operating segments historically reported by the Company.  The operational and internal reporting changes included moving the majority of software and information technology products and services and related expenses to the Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment.  The internal and external revenue and expenses related to these products and services were historically included within Corporate Activities and the former Software and Technical Services operating segment.  The Software and Technical Services operating segment no longer meets the definition of an operating segment as described in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting .  Prior period segment operating results were restated to conform to the current period presentation.

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.  Intersegment revenues are charged by a segment to another segment that provides the product or service.  Intersegment revenues and expenses are included within each segment consistent with the income statement presentation provided to management.  Changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial information. In 2010, the Company began allocating certain corporate overhead expenses to the individual operating segments.  These expenses include certain corporate activities related to executive management, human resources, accounting and finance, legal, and marketing. These costs are allocated to each operating segment based on estimated use of such activities and services. These allocations were not made in 2009, and thus are not reflected in the 2009 segment operating results.

The management reporting process measures the performance of the Company’s operating segments based on the management structure of the Company as well as the methodology used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Management, including the Company’s chief operating decision maker, evaluates the performance of the Company’s operating segments based on their profitability.  As discussed further below, management measures the profitability of the Company’s operating segments based on “base net income.”  Accordingly, information regarding the Company’s operating segments is provided based on “base net income.”  The Company’s “base net income” is not a defined term within generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.  Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting.

Fee-Based Operating Segments

Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing

The following are the primary product and service offerings the Company offers as part of its Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing segment:

 	·	Origination and servicing of FFELP loans	
 	·	Origination and servicing of non-federally insured student loans	
 	·	Servicing federally-owned student loans for the Department of Education	
 	·	Servicing and support outsourcing for guaranty agencies	
 	·	Student loan servicing software and other information technology products and services	

The Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment provides for the servicing of the Company’s student loan portfolios and the portfolios of third parties. The loan servicing activities include loan origination activities, loan conversion activities, application processing, borrower updates, payment processing, due diligence procedures, and claim processing. These activities are performed internally for the Company’s portfolio in addition to generating external fee revenue when performed for third-party clients.

In June 2009, the Department of Education named the Company as one of four private sector companies awarded a servicing contract to service all federally-owned student loans. In September 2009, the Company began servicing loans under this contract. The contract spans five years with one, five-year renewal option.

This operating segment also provides servicing activities for guarantee agencies. These activities include providing software and data center services, borrower and loan updates, default aversion tracking services, claim processing services, and post-default collection services.

18

This operating segment also develops student loan servicing software, which is used internally by the Company and also licensed to third-party student loan holders and servicers. In addition, this operating segment provides information technology products and services, with core areas of business in educational loan software solutions, business intelligence, technical consulting services, and Enterprise Content Management solutions.

Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce

The Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce operating segment provides products and services to help institutions and education-seeking families manage the payment of education costs during the K-12 and higher education stages of the education life cycle. The Company provides actively managed tuition payment solutions, online payment processing, detailed information reporting, financial needs analysis, and data integration services to K-12 and higher educational institutions, families, and students. In addition, the Company provides customer-focused electronic transactions, information sharing, and account and bill presentment to colleges and universities.

Enrollment Services

The Enrollment Services operating segment offers products and services that are focused on helping colleges recruit and retain students (interactive and list marketing products and services) and helping students plan and prepare for life after high school  (publishing and editing services and resource centers). Interactive marketing products and services include vendor lead management services, admissions lead generation, pay per click marketing management, email marketing, and admissions consulting. Publishing and editing services include test preparation study guides and essay editing services. Resource centers and list marketing products and services include online courses and related services and list marketing services.

Asset Generation and Management Operating Segment

The Asset Generation and Management operating segment includes the acquisition, management, and ownership of the Company’s student loan assets. Revenues are primarily generated from the Company’s earnings from the spread, referred to as the Company’s student loan spread, between the yield received on the student loan portfolio and the costs associated with originating, acquiring, and financing its student loan portfolio. The Company generates student loan assets through direct origination or through acquisitions. The student loan assets are held in a series of education lending subsidiaries designed specifically for this purpose. In addition to the student loan portfolio, all costs and activity associated with the generation of assets, funding and servicing of those assets, and maintenance of the debt transactions are included in this segment.

Segment Operating Results – “Base Net Income”

The tables below include the operating results of each of the Company’s operating segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, evaluates the Company on certain non-GAAP performance measures that the Company refers to as “base net income” for each operating segment. While “base net income” is not a substitute for reported results under GAAP, the Company relies on “base net income” to manage each operating segment because it believes this measure provides additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely assessed by management.

“Base net income” is the primary financial performance measure used by management to develop the Company’s financial plans, track results, and establish corporate performance targets and incentive compensation. Management believes this information provides additional insight into the financial performance of the core business activities of the Company’s operating segments. Accordingly, the tables presented below reflect “base net income,” which is the operating measure reviewed and utilized by management to manage the business. Reconciliation of the segment totals to the Company’s operating results in accordance with GAAP are also included in the tables below.

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassifications were made to change the income statement presentation to provide the users of the financial statements additional information related to the operating results of the Company. These reclassifications include reclassifying the Company’s gains on debt repurchases to “gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net” which were previously included in “other income.” In addition, as discussed previously, in the first quarter of 2010, a change in operating results reviewed by management changed the operating segments historically reported by the Company. Prior period segment operating results were restated to conform to the current period presentation.

19

Segment Results and Reconciliations to GAAP
 
 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	17	 	4	 	—	 	21	 	155,701	 	1,922	 	(987	)  	—	 	156,657	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	54,105	 	6,125	 	(987	)  	—	 	59,243	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	17	 	4	 	—	 	21	 	101,596	 	(4,203	)  	—	 	—	 	97,414	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	6,200	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	6,200	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	17	 	4	 	—	 	21	 	95,396	 	(4,203	)  	—	 	—	 	91,214	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	36,652	 	—	 	—	 	36,652	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	36,652	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	12,795	 	—	 	12,795	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	12,795	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	35,403	 	35,403	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	35,403	 	
Software services revenue	 	5,499	 	—	 	—	 	5,499	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	5,499	 	
Other income	 	295	 	—	 	—	 	295	 	4,636	 	3,565	 	—	 	—	 	8,496	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,759	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,759	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	23,834	 	66	 	14	 	23,914	 	—	 	4,098	 	(28,012	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(7,231	)  	(7,231	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,377	)  	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,377	)  	
Total other income (expense)	 	66,280	 	12,861	 	35,417	 	114,558	 	10,018	 	7,663	 	(28,012	)  	(7,231	)  	96,996	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	23,327	 	6,594	 	6,447	 	36,368	 	1,286	 	3,808	 	(428	)  	—	 	41,034	 	
Restructure expense- severance and contract terminination costs	 	84	 	—	 	—	 	84	 	—	 	(12	)  	(72	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	24,111	 	24,111	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	24,111	 	
Other expenses	 	19,825	 	2,611	 	4,065	 	26,501	 	2,992	 	7,351	 	—	 	6,232	 	43,076	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	3,014	 	945	 	655	 	4,614	 	21,891	 	1,007	 	(27,512	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	46,250	 	10,150	 	35,278	 	91,678	 	26,169	 	12,154	 	(28,012	)  	6,232	 	108,221	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	20,047	 	2,715	 	139	 	22,901	 	79,245	 	(8,694	)  	—	 	(13,463	)  	79,989	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(1,484	)  	(495	)  	(495	)  	(2,474	)  	(2,473	)  	4,947	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	18,563	 	2,220	 	(356	)  	20,427	 	76,772	 	(3,747	)  	—	 	(13,463	)  	79,989	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(7,053	)  	(844	)  	135	 	(7,762	)  	(29,173	)  	1,823	 	—	 	5,116	 	(29,996	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	11,510	 	1,376	 	(221	)  	12,665	 	47,599	 	(1,924	)  	—	 	(8,347	)  	49,993	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before taxes for the individual operating segments.	

20

 
 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	13	 	11	 	—	 	24	 	156,233	 	1,312	 	(422	)  	6,042	 	163,189	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	98,338	 	8,166	 	(422	)  	—	 	106,082	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	13	 	11	 	—	 	24	 	57,895	 	(6,854	)  	—	 	6,042	 	57,107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,000	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,000	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	13	 	11	 	—	 	24	 	49,895	 	(6,854	)  	—	 	6,042	 	49,107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	29,184	 	—	 	—	 	29,184	 	—	 	(381	)  	—	 	—	 	28,803	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	11,848	 	—	 	11,848	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,848	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	28,747	 	28,747	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	28,747	 	
Software services revenue	 	6,119	 	—	 	—	 	6,119	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	6,119	 	
Other income	 	249	 	—	 	—	 	249	 	4,219	 	1,197	 	—	 	—	 	5,665	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(174	)  	5,840	 	—	 	—	 	5,666	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	23,012	 	53	 	277	 	23,342	 	—	 	3,862	 	(27,204	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(34,013	)  	(34,013	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9,535	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9,535	 	
Total other income (expense)	 	58,564	 	11,901	 	29,024	 	99,489	 	13,580	 	10,518	 	(27,204	)  	(34,013	)  	62,370	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	21,247	 	6,402	 	5,863	 	33,512	 	1,735	 	4,057	 	876	 	—	 	40,180	 	
Restructure expense- severance and contract terminination costs	 	3,257	 	—	 	—	 	3,257	 	—	 	31	 	(3,288	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	18,092	 	18,092	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	18,092	 	
Other expenses	 	15,103	 	2,339	 	3,041	 	20,483	 	5,875	 	5,134	 	1,807	 	5,785	 	39,084	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	2,852	 	669	 	508	 	4,029	 	20,732	 	1,838	 	(26,599	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	42,459	 	9,410	 	27,504	 	79,373	 	28,342	 	11,060	 	(27,204	)  	5,785	 	97,356	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	16,118	 	2,502	 	1,520	 	20,140	 	35,133	 	(7,396	)  	—	 	(33,756	)  	14,121	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(6,126	)  	(951	)  	(577	)  	(7,654	)  	(13,351	)  	940	 	—	 	14,147	 	(5,918	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	9,992	 	1,551	 	943	 	12,486	 	21,782	 	(6,456	)  	—	 	(19,609	)  	8,203	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before taxes for the individual operating segments.	

21

 
 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	30	 	12	 	—	 	42	 	290,963	 	3,520	 	(1,900	)  	—	 	292,625	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	99,761	 	12,241	 	(1,900	)  	—	 	110,102	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	30	 	12	 	—	 	42	 	191,202	 	(8,721	)  	—	 	—	 	182,523	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,200	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,200	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	30	 	12	 	—	 	42	 	180,002	 	(8,721	)  	—	 	—	 	171,323	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	73,300	 	—	 	—	 	73,300	 	—	 	(254	)  	—	 	—	 	73,046	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	30,177	 	—	 	30,177	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	30,177	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	68,674	 	68,674	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	68,674	 	
Software services revenue	 	9,843	 	—	 	—	 	9,843	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9,843	 	
Other income	 	519	 	—	 	—	 	519	 	9,404	 	5,833	 	—	 	—	 	15,756	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	18,936	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	18,936	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	46,553	 	131	 	31	 	46,715	 	—	 	8,179	 	(54,894	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,126	)  	(3,126	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(5,800	)  	—	 	—	 	—	 	(5,800	)  	
Total other income (expense)	 	130,215	 	30,308	 	68,705	 	229,228	 	22,540	 	13,758	 	(54,894	)  	(3,126	)  	207,506	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	46,909	 	13,212	 	12,518	 	72,639	 	2,644	 	7,925	 	(533	)  	—	 	82,675	 	
Restructure expense- severance and contract terminination costs	 	1,289	 	—	 	—	 	1,289	 	—	 	(20	)  	(1,269	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	46,136	 	46,136	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	46,136	 	
Other expenses	 	35,344	 	5,052	 	9,127	 	49,523	 	7,213	 	13,430	 	200	 	12,748	 	83,114	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	5,996	 	1,784	 	1,105	 	8,885	 	42,716	 	1,691	 	(53,292	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	89,538	 	20,048	 	68,886	 	178,472	 	52,573	 	23,026	 	(54,894	)  	12,748	 	211,925	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	40,707	 	10,272	 	(181	)  	50,798	 	149,969	 	(17,989	)  	—	 	(15,874	)  	166,904	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(2,673	)  	(891	)  	(891	)  	(4,455	)  	(4,454	)  	8,909	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	38,034	 	9,381	 	(1,072	)  	46,343	 	145,515	 	(9,080	)  	—	 	(15,874	)  	166,904	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(14,453	)  	(3,566	)  	408	 	(17,611	)  	(55,296	)  	4,286	 	—	 	6,032	 	(62,589	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	23,581	 	5,815	 	(664	)  	28,732	 	90,219	 	(4,794	)  	—	 	(9,842	)  	104,315	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before taxes for the individual operating segments.	

22

 
 	 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	 	79	 	41	 	—	 	120	 	328,820	 	2,739	 	(982	)  	7,502	 	338,199	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	236,932	 	16,634	 	(982	)  	—	 	252,584	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	79	 	41	 	—	 	120	 	91,888	 	(13,895	)  	—	 	7,502	 	85,615	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	15,500	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	15,500	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	79	 	41	 	—	 	120	 	76,388	 	(13,895	)  	—	 	7,502	 	70,115	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	56,037	 	—	 	—	 	56,037	 	—	 	(763	)  	—	 	—	 	55,274	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	27,386	 	—	 	27,386	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	27,386	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	57,518	 	57,518	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	57,518	 	
Software services revenue	 	11,824	 	—	 	—	 	11,824	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,824	 	
Other income	 	361	 	—	 	—	 	361	 	8,870	 	5,221	 	—	 	—	 	14,452	 	
Gain (loss) on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(380	)  	13,915	 	—	 	—	 	13,535	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	44,970	 	110	 	277	 	45,357	 	—	 	7,862	 	(53,219	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(38,893	)  	(38,893	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	33,893	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	33,893	 	
Total other income (expense)	 	113,192	 	27,496	 	57,795	 	198,483	 	42,383	 	26,235	 	(53,219	)  	(38,893	)  	174,989	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	43,601	 	12,947	 	11,958	 	68,506	 	3,510	 	7,859	 	(1,628	)  	159	 	78,406	 	
Restructure expense - severance and contract terminination costs	 	3,257	 	—	 	—	 	3,257	 	—	 	31	 	(3,288	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	35,885	 	35,885	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	35,885	 	
Other expenses	 	27,977	 	4,747	 	6,336	 	39,060	 	10,834	 	11,996	 	1,807	 	11,939	 	75,636	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	5,859	 	1,292	 	1,054	 	8,205	 	38,608	 	3,297	 	(50,110	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	80,694	 	18,986	 	55,233	 	154,913	 	52,952	 	23,183	 	(53,219	)  	12,098	 	189,927	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	32,577	 	8,551	 	2,562	 	43,690	 	65,819	 	(10,843	)  	—	 	(43,489	)  	55,177	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(12,381	)  	(3,249	)  	(973	)  	(16,603	)  	(25,012	)  	3,135	 	—	 	16,961	 	(21,519	)  	
Net income (loss)	 	20,196	 	5,302	 	1,589	 	27,087	 	40,807	 	(7,708	)  	—	 	(26,528	)  	33,658	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before income taxes for the individual operating segments.	 	 	

Corporate Activity and Overhead in the previous tables primarily includes the following items:

 	·	Income earned on certain investment activities	
 	·	Interest expense incurred on unsecured debt transactions	
 	·	Other products and service offerings that are not considered operating segments	

Corporate Activities also includes certain corporate activities and overhead functions related to executive management, human resources, accounting and finance, legal, and marketing. Beginning in 2010, these costs were allocated to each operating segment based on estimated use of such activities and services.

23

The adjustments required to reconcile from the Company’s “base net income” measure to its GAAP results of operations relate to differing treatments for derivatives, foreign currency transaction adjustments, and certain other items that management does not consider in evaluating the Company’s operating results.  The following tables reflect adjustments associated with these areas by operating segment and Corporate Activity and Overhead:
 
 	Student	 	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	 	Corporate	 	 	 	 	
 	and	 	 	Processing	 	 	 	 	 	Generation	 	 	Activity	 	 	 	 	
 	Guaranty	 	 	and Campus	 	 	Enrollment	 	 	and	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	
 	Servicing	 	 	Commerce	 	 	Services	 	 	Management	 	 	Overhead	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments (a)	$	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	550	 	 	6,681	 	 	7,231	 	
Amortization of intangible assets (b)	 	2,114 	 	 	1,591	 	 	2,527	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	6,232	 	
Compensation related to business combinations (c)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives (d)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Net tax effect (e)	 	(803	)  	 	(605	)  	 	(958	)  	 	(209	)  	 	(2,541	)  	 	(5,116	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	1,311	 	 	986	 	 	1,569	 	 	341	 	 	4,140	 	 	8,347	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments (a)	$	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	35,445	 	 	(1,432	)  	 	34,013	 	
Amortization of intangible assets (b)	 	1,215	 	 	1,869	 	 	2,701	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	5,785	 	
Compensation related to business combinations (c)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives (d)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(6,042	)  	 	—	 	 	(6,042	)  	
Net tax effect (e)	 	(462	)  	 	(710	)  	 	(1,027	)  	 	(11,173	)  	 	(775	)  	 	(14,147	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	753	 	 	1,159	 	 	1,674	 	 	18,230	 	 	(2,207	)  	 	19,609	 	

 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments (a)	$	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(4,011	)  	 	7,137	 	 	3,126	 	
Amortization of intangible assets (b)	 	4,350	 	 	3,516	 	 	4,882	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	12,748	 	
Compensation related to business combinations (c)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives (d)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Net tax effect (e)	 	(1,653	)  	 	(1,337	)  	 	(1,858	)  	 	1,524	 	 	(2,708	)  	 	(6,032	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	2,697	 	 	2,179	 	 	3,024	 	 	(2,487	)  	 	4,429	 	 	9,842	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments (a)	$	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	40,325	 	 	(1,432	)  	 	38,893	 	
Amortization of intangible assets (b)	 	2,440	 	 	3,756	 	 	5,743	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	11,939	 	
Compensation related to business combinations (c)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	159	 	 	159	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives (d)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(7,502	)  	 	—	 	 	(7,502	)  	
Net tax effect (e)	 	(952	)  	 	(1,465	)  	 	(2,240	)  	 	(12,800	)  	 	496	 	 	(16,961	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	1,488	 	 	2,291	 	 	3,503	 	 	20,023	 	 	(777	)  	 	26,528	 	
 
 	(a)	Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments:  “Base net income” excludes the periodic unrealized gains and losses that are caused by the change in fair value on derivatives used in the Company’s risk management strategy in which the Company does not qualify for “hedge treatment” under GAAP.  Included in “base net income” are the economic effects of the Company’s derivative instruments, which includes any cash paid or received being recognized as an expense or revenue upon actual derivative settlements.  “Base net income” also excludes the foreign currency transaction gains or losses caused by the re-measurement of the Company’s Euro-denominated bonds to U.S. dollars.	

 	(b)	Amortization of intangible assets:  “Base net income” excludes the amortization of acquired intangibles.	

 	(c)	Compensation related to business combinations:  The Company has structured certain business combinations in which the consideration paid has been dependent on the sellers’ continued employment with the Company.  As such, the value of the consideration paid is recognized as compensation expense by the Company over the term of the applicable employment agreement.  The compensation expense related to existing agreements was fully expensed in 2009.  “Base net income” excludes this expense.	

 	(d)	Variable-rate floor income:  Loans that reset annually on July 1 can generate excess spread income compared with the rate based on the special allowance payment formula in declining interest rate environments.  The Company refers to this additional income as variable-rate floor income.  The Company excludes variable-rate floor income, net of settlements paid on derivatives used to hedge student loan assets earning variable-rate floor income, from its “base net income” since the timing and amount of variable-rate floor income (if any) is uncertain, it has been eliminated by legislation for all loans originated on and after April 1, 2006, and it is in excess of expected spreads.  In addition, because variable-rate floor income is subject to the underlying rate for the subject loans being reset annually on July 1, it is a factor beyond the Company’s control which can affect the period-to-period comparability of results of operations.	

24

 
 	(e)	Income taxes are applied based on 38% for the individual operating segments.	

7.	Intangible Assets and Goodwill	
 
Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
 	 	Weighted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	average	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	remaining	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	useful life as of	 	 	As of	 	 	As of	 	
 	 	June 30,	 	 	June 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2010 (months)	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Customer relationships (net of accumulated amortization of $45,127	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and $38,785, respectively)	 	 	73	 	 	$	34,649	 	 	 	40,991	 	
Computer software (net of accumulated amortization of $9,830	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and $8,915, respectively)	 	 	31	 	 	 	6,818	 	 	 	87	 	
Trade names (net of accumulated amortization of $10,614 and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$9,101, respectively)	 	 	29	 	 	 	5,939	 	 	 	7,452	 	
Covenants not to compete (net of accumulated amortization of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$22,815 and $20,372, respectively)	 	 	4	 	 	 	786	 	 	 	3,229	 	
Database and content (net of accumulated amortization of $8,964	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and $7,701, respectively)	 	 	5	 	 	 	516	 	 	 	1,779	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total - amortizable intangible assets	 	 	60	 	 	$	48,708	 	 	 	53,538	 	

The Company recorded amortization expense on its intangible assets of $6.2 million and $5.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and $12.7 million and $11.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company will continue to amortize intangible assets over their remaining useful lives.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company estimates it will record amortization expense as follows:
 
2010 (July 1 - December 31)	 	$	9,996	 	
2011	 	 	15,784	 	
2012	 	 	15,269	 	
2013	 	 	2,024	 	
2014	 	 	1,298	 	
2015 and thereafter	 	 	4,337	 	
 	 	$	48,708	 	

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company purchased certain assets of a software company that constituted a business combination.  The initial consideration paid by the Company was $3.0 million in cash.  In addition to the initial purchase price, additional payments are to be made by the Company based on certain operating results as defined in the purchase agreement.  These contingent payments are payable in three annual installments beginning in March 2011 and in total are estimated by the Company to be $5.0 million.  The contingent payments will be remeasured to fair value each reporting date until the contingency is resolved with all changes in fair value being recognized in earnings. Substantially all of the $8.0 million purchase price was allocated to a computer software intangible asset that will be amortized over three years.

The following table summarizes the Company’s allocation of goodwill by operating segment as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing	 	$	 8,596	 	
Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce	 	 58,086	 	
Enrollment Services	 	 	 35,152	 	
Asset Generation and Management	 	 	 41,883	 	
 	 	$	 143,717	 	

The Company performs goodwill impairment testing annually (every November 30) or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change such that there is a potential that the fair value of a reporting unit or reporting units may be below their respective carrying values.  When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a two-step impairment test as prescribed in ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other .  In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and the Company is not required to perform further testing.  If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

25

On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Reconciliation Act of 2010.  Effective July 1, 2010, this law prohibits new loan originations under the FFELP and requires that all new federal loan originations be made through the Direct Loan Program.  This new legislation does not alter or affect the terms and conditions of existing FFELP loans.

The provisions of the Reconciliation Act of 2010 were consistent with President Obama’s February 2009 budget request to Congress and the student loan legislation passed in September 2009 by the House of Representatives (the “SAFRA Legislation”), both of which called for the elimination of the FFEL Program and a requirement that all new federal loans be made through the Direct Loan Program.

During the Company’s goodwill impairment testing completed as of November 30, 2009, the Company performed the first step of the goodwill impairment test to determine whether the fair value of each of its reporting units exceeded the carrying value of net assets assigned to that unit.  The fair value of each reporting unit was determined by weighing different valuation approaches, as applicable, with the primary approach being the income approach.

The income approach measures the value of each reporting unit based on the present value of the reporting unit’s future economic benefit determined based on discounted cash flows derived from the Company’s projections for each reporting unit.  These projections reflect the estimated future strategic operating and financial performance of each respective reporting unit, including assumptions related to applicable cost savings and planned dispositions or wind down activities.  In conjunction with the Company’s November 30, 2009 impairment assessment, cash flow projections were made for each reporting unit as if the Administration’s budget proposal and SAFRA Legislation were enacted.  Accordingly, cash flow projections for each reporting unit assumed no new FFELP loan originations beyond June 30, 2010.  As such, management has determined that passage of the Reconciliation Act of 2010 does not decrease the fair value of any reporting unit from the fair value assessment as of November 30, 2009 and management did not perform an impairment assessment during the first or second quarters of 2010 due to the passage of the Reconciliation Act of 2010.

However, as a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, the Company will no longer originate new (first disbursement) FFELP loans after June 30, 2010 and net interest income on the Company’s existing FFELP loan portfolio will decline over time as the Company’s portfolio pays down.  As a result, as this revenue stream winds down, goodwill impairment will be triggered for the Asset Generation and Management reporting unit due to the passage of time and depletion of projected cash flows stemming from its FFELP student loan portfolio. Other than the Asset Generation and Management reporting unit, management believes the elimination of FFELP will not have an adverse impact on the fair value of the Company’s other reporting units.

8.      Investments

Included in investments on the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2010 are debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. These investments are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.

9.      Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following tables present the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value are categorized as Level 1 or Level 2 based on the hierarchy as discussed in note 3, summary of significant accounting policies and procedures, in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	 	Level 2	 	 	Total	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investments (a)	 	$	31,017	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	31,017	 	
Fair value of derivative instruments (b)	 	 	—	 	 	 	35,354	 	 	 	35,354	 	
Total assets	 	$	31,017	 	 	 	35,354	 	 	 	66,371	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of derivative instruments (b)	 	$	—	 	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	26,146	 	
Total liabilities	 	$	—	 	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	26,146	 	

26

 
 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	 	Level 2	 	 	Total	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of derivative instruments (b)	 	$	—	 	 	 	193,899	 	 	 	193,899	 	
Total assets	 	$	—	 	 	 	193,899	 	 	 	193,899	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of derivative instruments (b)	 	$	—	 	 	 	2,489	 	 	 	2,489	 	
Total liabilities	 	$	—	 	 	 	2,489	 	 	 	2,489	 	

 	(a)	Investments represent investments classified by the Company as “trading securities,” which are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Level 1 investments are measured based upon quoted prices and include investments traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, and U.S. Treasury securities.	

 	(b)	All derivatives are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis.  The fair values of derivative financial instruments are determined by derivative pricing models using the stated terms of the contracts and observable yield curves, forward foreign currency exchange rates, and volatilities from active markets.  Fair value of derivative instruments is comprised of market value less accrued interest and excludes collateral.	

The following table summarizes the fair values of all of the Company’s financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheet:

 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	Fair value	 	 	Carrying value	 	 	Fair value	 	 	Carrying value	 	
Financial assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Student loans receivable	 	$	25,592,928	 	 	 	24,746,932	 	 	 	24,387,267	 	 	 	23,926,957	 	
Student loans receivable - held for sale	 	 	2,028,608	 	 	 	1,995,869	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	274,761	 	 	 	274,761	 	 	 	338,181	 	 	 	338,181	 	
Investments – trading securities	 	 	31,017	 	 	 	31,017	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	386,603	 	 	 	386,603	 	 	 	318,530	 	 	 	318,530	 	
Restricted cash – due to customers	 	 	37,076	 	 	 	37,076	 	 	 	91,741	 	 	 	91,741	 	
Restricted investments	 	 	283,286	 	 	 	283,286	 	 	 	306,962	 	 	 	306,962	 	
Accrued interest receivable	 	 	397,495	 	 	 	397,495	 	 	 	329,313	 	 	 	329,313	 	
Derivative instruments	 	 	35,354	 	 	 	35,354	 	 	 	193,899	 	 	 	193,899	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financial liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes payable	 	 	27,396,628	 	 	 	27,428,772	 	 	 	24,741,306	 	 	 	24,805,289	 	
Accrued interest payable	 	 	22,362	 	 	 	22,362	 	 	 	19,831	 	 	 	19,831	 	
Due to customers	 	 	37,076	 	 	 	37,076	 	 	 	91,741	 	 	 	91,741	 	
Derivative instruments	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	2,489	 	 	 	2,489	 	

The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are discussed above.  The remaining financial assets and liabilities were estimated using the following methods and assumptions:

Student Loans Receivable and Student Loans Receivable – Held for Sale

The fair value of student loans receivable is estimated at amounts recently paid and/or received or amounts anticipated to be received by the Company to acquire and/or sell similar loans in the market and/or the characteristics of the portfolio and are considered to be fair value exit prices.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash, Restricted Cash – Due to Customers, Restricted Investments, Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable and Due to Customers

The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the variable rate of interest and/or the short maturities of these instruments.

Bonds and Notes Payable

The fair value of the bonds and notes payable is based on market prices for securities that possess similar credit risk and interest rate risk.

27

10.    Shareholders’ Equity

Stock Repurchases

During 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to repurchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. During the three month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired 663,443 shares of Class A common stock for $12.8 million (average price of $19.33 per share) under the authority of this plan. As of June 30, 2010, 4,171,142 shares may still be purchased under the plan. The plan has an expiration date of May 24, 2012.

Issuance of Class A Common Stock

In March 2010 and 2009, the Company’s 2009 and 2008 annual performance-based incentives awarded to management were paid in approximately 173,000 and 455,000 fully vested and unrestricted shares of Class A common stock, respectively, issued pursuant to the Company’s Restricted Stock Plan.  It is the Company’s current intention to pay future annual performance-based incentives to management, if any, in common stock issued pursuant to the Restricted Stock Plan.

Dividends
 
In the first quarter of 2007, the Company began paying dividends of $0.07 per share on the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock which were paid quarterly through the first quarter of 2008.  On May 21, 2008, the Company announced that it was temporarily suspending its quarterly dividend program.  On November 5, 2009, the Company's Board of Directors voted to reinstate the quarterly dividend program effective for the fourth quarter 2009.  Accordingly, during 2010, a dividend of $0.07 per share on the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock was paid on both March 15, 2010 and June 15, 2010 to all holders of record as of March 1, 2010 and June 1, 2010, respectivley.

11.  Earnings per Common Share

Presented below is a summary of the components used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share. The Company applies the two-class method of computing earnings per share which requires the calculation of separate earnings per share amounts for unvested share-based awards and for common stock. Unvested share-based awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered securities which participate in undistributed earnings with common stock. Earnings per share attributable to common stock is shown in the table below.

A reconciliation of weighted average shares outstanding follows:
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Net income attributable to Nelnet, Inc.	 	$	49,993	 	 	 	8,203	 	 	 	104,315	 	 	 	33,658	 	
Less earnings allocated to unvested restricted stockholders	 	 	315	 	 	 	52	 	 	 	653	 	 	 	219	 	
Net income available to common stockholders	 	$	49,678	 	 	 	8,151	 	 	 	103,662	 	 	 	33,439	 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	 	 	49,735,398	 	 	 	49,534,413	 	 	 	49,726,099	 	 	 	49,339,451	 	
Dilutive effect of the assumed vesting of restricted stock awards	 	 	199,250	 	 	 	199,148	 	 	 	197,581	 	 	 	204,010	 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	 	 	49,934,648	 	 	 	49,733,561	 	 	 	49,923,680	 	 	 	49,543,461	 	
Basic earnings per common share	 	$	1.00	 	 	 	0.16	 	 	 	2.08	 	 	 	0.68	 	
Diluted earnings per common share	 	$	0.99	 	 	 	0.16	 	 	 	2.08	 	 	 	0.68	 	

12.    Restructuring Charge

On May 8, 2009, as a result of continued challenges in the economy and the student loan industry, the Company adopted a plan to further streamline its operations by continuing to reduce its geographic footprint and consolidate servicing operations and related support services.

Management has developed a restructuring plan that will result in lower costs and provide enhanced synergies through cross training, career development, and simplified communications.  The Company will simplify its operating structure to leverage its larger facilities and technology by closing certain offices and downsizing its presence in certain geographic locations.  Approximately 300 associates were impacted by this restructuring plan.  However, the majority of these functions were relocated to the Company’s Lincoln headquarters and Denver offices.  Implementation of the plan began immediately and is expected to be substantially complete during the fourth quarter of 2010.

The Company estimates that the charge to earnings associated with this restructuring plan will be fully recognized by the fourth quarter 2010 and will total approximately $11.9 million, consisting of approximately $5.3 million in severance costs and approximately $6.6 million in contract terminations, of which $7.3 million and $1.2 million was recognized in 2009 and the first six months of 2010, respectively, and $3.4 million is expected to be recognized in the third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectivley. The majority of the restructuring charge and related activity has and will impact the Company’s Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment. Selected information relating to the restructuring charge follows:

28

 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Employee	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	termination	 	 	Lease	 	 	 	 	
 	 	benefits	 	 	terminations	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring costs recognized in 2009	 	$	4,247	(a)	 	 	3,031	(b)	 	 	7,278	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash payments	 	 	(898	)	 	 	(605	) 	 	 	(1,503	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring accrual as of December 31, 2009	 	 	3,349	 	 	 	2,426	 	 	 	5,775	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring costs recognized during the	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
three month period ended March 31, 2010	 	 	997	(a)	 	 	200	(b)	 	 	1,197	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash payments	 	 	(264	)	 	 	(406	)	 	 	(670	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring accrual as of March 31, 2010	 	 	4,082	 	 	 	2,220	 	 	 	6,302	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring costs recognized during the	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
three month period ended June 30, 2010	 	 	72	(a)	 	 	—	 	 	 	72	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash payments	 	 	(1,376	)	 	 	(1,555	)	 	 	(2,931	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring accrual as of June 30, 2010	 	$	2,778	 	 	 	665	 	 	 	3,443	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a)  Employee termination benefits are included in "salaries and benefits" in the consolidated statements of income.	 	
(b)  Lease termination costs are included in "occupancy and communications" in the consolidated statements of income.	 	

13.   Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Reviews

General

The Company is subject to various claims, lawsuits, and proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. These matters principally consist of claims by student loan borrowers disputing the manner in which their student loans have been processed and disputes with other business entities. In addition, from time to time the Company receives information and document requests from state or federal regulators concerning its business practices. The Company cooperates with these inquiries and responds to the requests. While the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any inquiry or investigation, the Company believes its activities have materially complied with applicable law, including the Higher Education Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the Department of Education thereunder, and the Department’s guidance regarding those rules and regulations. Other than the items specifically discussed below, on the basis of present information, anticipated insurance coverage, and advice received from counsel, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that the disposition or ultimate determination of these claims, lawsuits, and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, or results of operations.

Regulatory Reviews

The Department of Education periodically reviews participants in the FFELP for compliance with program provisions.  On June 28, 2007, the Department notified the Company that it would be conducting a review of the Company’s practices in connection with the prohibited inducement provisions of the Higher Education Act and the associated regulations that allow borrowers to have a choice of lenders.  The Company understands that the Department selected several schools and lenders for review.  The Company responded to the Department’s requests for information and documentation and cooperated with their review.  On May 1, 2009, the Company received the Department’s preliminary program review report, which covered the Department’s review of the period from October 1, 2002 to September 30, 2007.  The preliminary program review report contained certain initial findings of noncompliance with the Higher Education Act’s prohibited inducement provisions and required that the Company provide an explanation for the basis of the arrangements noted in the preliminary program review report.  The Company has responded and provided an explanation of the arrangements noted in the Department of Education’s initial findings, and the Department of Education is expected to issue a final program review determination letter and advise the Company whether it intends to take any additional action.  To the extent any findings are contained in a final letter, the additional action may include the assessment of fines or penalties, or the limitation, suspension, and termination of the Company’s participation in the FFELP.

While the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of these reviews, the Company believes its practices complied with applicable law, including the provisions of the Higher Education Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the Department of Education thereunder, and the Department’s guidance regarding those rules and regulations.

29

United States ex rel Oberg v. Nelnet, Inc. et al

On September 28, 2009, the Company was served with a Summons and First Amended Complaint naming the Company as one of ten defendants in a “qui tam” action brought by Jon H. Oberg on behalf of the United States of America.  Qui tam actions assert claims by an individual on behalf of the federal government, and are filed under seal until the government decides, if at all, to intervene in the case.

An original complaint in the action was filed under seal in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia on September 21, 2007, and was unsealed on August 26, 2009 upon the government’s filing of a Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in the matter.  The First Amended Complaint (the “Oberg Complaint”) was filed on August 24, 2009, and alleges the defendant student loan lenders submitted false claims for payment to the Department of Education in order to obtain special allowance payments on certain student loans at a rate of 9.5%, which the Oberg Complaint alleges is in excess of amounts permitted by law. 

The Oberg Complaint alleges that approximately $407 million in unlawful 9.5% special allowance payment claims were submitted by the Company,  and seeks a judgment against the defendants in the amount of three times the amount of damages sustained by the government in connection with the alleged overbilling by the defendants for special allowance payments, as well as civil penalties.  

The 9.5% special allowance payments received by the Company were disclosed by the Company on multiple occasions beginning in 2003.  In January 2007, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the Department of Education to resolve an audit report by the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education with respect to the Company’s student loan portfolio receiving special allowance payments at a minimum 9.5% interest rate (the “Settlement Agreement”). The Settlement Agreement contains an acknowledgment by the Department of Education that the dispute with the Company in connection with billings for 9.5% interest was in good faith. 

The Company filed a motion for summary judgment to have the case dismissed.  The Court has not ruled on the motion for summary judgment as of the date of  this filing.  The Court has also ordered a settlement conference to be held before a different judge on August 11, 2010.  Subject to resolution of the matter on summary judgment, the case is set for trial beginning August 17, 2010.
 
The Company believes it has strong defenses to the Oberg Complaint and is vigorously contesting the matter.   Due to the uncertainty, costs, and risks inherent in the litigation process, the Company may explore various resolutions of the matter, but cannot predict the ultimate outcome or resolution or any liability or settlement amount which may result from this litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources, and financial condition, including compliance with financial covenants under the Company’s credit facilities.  

30

ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009. All dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted.)

The following discussion and analysis provides information that the Company’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Company.  The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassifications were made to change the income statement presentation to provide the users of the financial statements additional information related to the operating results of the Company. These reclassifications include reclassifying the Company’s gain on debt repurchases to “gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net,” which were previously recorded in “other income.” In addition, in the first quarter of 2010, a change in operating results reviewed by management changed the operating segments historically reported by the Company. Prior period segment operating results were restated to conform to the current period presentation. See “Operating Segments” in this Item 2 for additional information on the change in operating segment reporting. The reclassifications had no effect on consolidated net income or consolidated assets and liabilities.

Forward-looking and cautionary statements

This report contains forward-looking statements and information that are based on management’s current expectations as of the date of this document.  Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the Company’s expectations and statements that assume or are dependent upon future events, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors that may cause the actual results to be materially different from those reflected in such forward-looking statements.  These factors include, among others, the risks and uncertainties set forth under “Risk Factors” included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the risks and uncertainties set forth elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q; increases in financing costs; limits on liquidity; any adverse outcomes in any significant litigation to which the Company is a party; and changes in the terms of student loans and the educational credit marketplace arising from the implementation of, or changes in, applicable laws and regulations, which may reduce the average term, special allowance payments, and yields on student loans under the FFEL Program of the Department. The Company could also be affected by changes in the demand for educational financing or in financing preferences of lenders, educational institutions, students, and their families; the Company’s ability to maintain credit facilities or obtain new facilities; the ability of lenders under the Company’s credit facilities to fulfill their lending commitments under these facilities; changes to the terms and conditions of the liquidity programs offered by the Department; changes in the general interest rate environment and in the securitization markets for education loans, which may increase the costs or limit the availability of financings necessary to initiate, purchase, refinance, or carry education loans; losses from loan defaults; changes in prepayment rates, guaranty rates, loan floor rates, and credit spreads; uncertainties inherent in forecasting future cash flows from student loan assets and related asset-backed securitizations; the uncertain nature of estimated expenses that may be incurred and cost savings that may result from restructuring plans; and changes in general economic conditions. The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements also requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions including estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates or assumptions may prove to be incorrect. All forward-looking statements contained in this report are qualified by these cautionary statements and are made only as of the date of this document. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Company’s expectations.

OVERVIEW

The Company is a transaction processing and finance company focused primarily on providing quality education related products and services to students, families, schools, and financial institutions nationwide.  The Company earns its revenue from fee-based processing businesses, including its loan servicing, payment processing, and interactive marketing businesses, and the net interest income on its student loan portfolio.

The Company has certain business objectives in place that include:

 	·	Grow and diversify revenue from fee based businesses	
 	·	Manage operating costs	
 	·	Maximize the value of existing portfolio	
 	·	Use liquidity to capitalize on market opportunities	

Achieving these business objectives has impacted and will continue to impact the financial condition and operating results of the Company during 2010. Each of these items are discussed below.

31

Recent Developments

Legislation – FFELP

On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Reconciliation Act of 2010.  Effective July 1, 2010, this law prohibits new loan originations under the FFEL Program and requires that all new federal loan originations be made through the Direct Loan Program.  If a first disbursement has been made on a FFELP loan prior to July 1, 2010, subsequent disbursements of that loan may still be made under the FFELP.  The new law does not alter or affect the terms and conditions of existing FFELP loans.

As a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, the Company will no longer originate new (first disbursement) FFELP loans after June 30, 2010.  As such, subsequent to 2010, the Company will no longer recognize a gain from originating and subsequently selling FFELP loans to the Department of Education under the Department’s Purchase Program. During the third and fourth quarters of 2009, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $9.7 million and $26.9 million, respectively, from selling $427.7 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, of 2008-2009 academic year loans to the Department under the Purchase Program.   The Company continues to use the Department’s Participation Program  to fund loans originated for the 2009-2010 academic year. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $2.0 billion of loans classified as held for sale funded in the Participation Program that are expected to be sold to the Department under the Purchase Program. The Company estimates that it will recognize a pre-tax gain during the fourth quarter of 2010 of approximately $30 million to $33 million when it sells these loans under this program.  In addition, as a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, net interest income on the Company’s existing FFELP loan portfolio, as well as fee-based revenue from guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing and education loan software licensing and consulting fees, will decline over time as the Company and its customers’ FFELP loan portfolios are paid down.  During the six month period ended June 30, 2010 and year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized approximately $187 million and $247 million, respectively, of net interest income on its FFELP loan portfolio; $61 million and $100 million, respectively, in guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing revenue; and approximately $5 million and $12 million, respectively, in education loan software licensing and consulting fees related to the FFEL Program.

Due to the legislative changes in the student loan industry, the Company believes there will be opportunities to purchase FFELP loan portfolios and/or expand its current level of guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing volume on behalf of current FFELP participants looking to modify their involvement in FFELP and/or exit that business.  For example, during the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased $1.9 billion of FFELP student loans from various third-parties.

Direct Loan Servicing Contract

In June 2009, the Company was one of four private sector companies awarded a student loan servicing contract by the Department.  The Company began servicing loans for the Department in September 2009 and, as of June 30, 2010, the Company was servicing $12.9 billion of loans for 1.5 million borrowers under this contract.  The Department has estimated $116 billion of new student loan originations will be funded through the Direct Loan Program for the 2010-2011 academic year (July 1, 2010 – June 30, 2011).  This volume will be allocated by the Department to the four servicers based on performance factors such as customer satisfaction levels and default rates.  For the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company earned $9.7 million in revenue under this contract.

Legislation – Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).  The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States, establishes the new federal Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “BCFP”), and will require the BCFP and other federal agencies, including the SEC, to undertake assessments and rulemakings. The majority of the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act are aimed at financial institutions. However, there are components of the legislation that will have an impact on the Company, including new requirements for derivatives and securitizations. In addition, there are provisions with which the Company will have to comply as a public company and provisions which may impact the Company as it works with financial institutions. At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting regulations will impact the Company’s business and operations. As rules and regulations are promulgated by the federal agencies responsible for implementing and enforcing the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company will need to apply adequate resources to ensure that it is in compliance with all applicable provisions.  Compliance with these new laws and regulations may result in additional costs and may otherwise adversely impact the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity.

Legislation – Department of Education Proposed Rulemaking – Incentive Compensation and Misrepresentation

Certain provisions in recently proposed regulations under the Higher Education Act could have an impact on the Company’s Enrollment Services operating segment, as a result of its services provided to for-profit schools.  The United States Higher Education Act provides that to be eligible to participate in Federal student financial aid programs, an educational institution, including for-profit schools, must enter into a program participation agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Education. The agreement includes a number of conditions with which an institution must comply to be granted initial and continuing eligibility to participate. Among those conditions is a prohibition on institutions providing any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments to any individual or entity engaged in recruiting or admission activities. The regulations promulgated under the Higher Education Act specify a number of types of compensation, or “safe harbors,” that do not constitute incentive compensation in violation of this agreement. One of these safe harbors permits an institution to award incentive compensation for Internet-based recruitment and admission activities. The Department of Education has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in which it suggested repealing all existing safe harbors regarding incentive compensation in recruiting, though exempting click-based payments to third parties for the provision of internet generated student contact information. Additionally, the proposed rulemaking includes misrepresentation standards for ads, offers, and communications presented to prospective students, with associated penalties for noncompliance with these standards. The statutory deadline for publication of final regulations is November 1, 2010.  These regulations may subject the Company to greater risk of liability and may increase the Company’s costs of compliance with these regulations or limit the Company’s ability to serve for-profit schools.

32

Grow and Diversify Revenue from Fee-Based Businesses

The Company has expanded products and services generated from businesses that are not dependent upon the FFEL Program, thereby reducing legislative and political risk related to the education lending industry. Revenues from these businesses are primarily generated from products and services offered in the Company’s Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce and Enrollment Services operating segments. In addition, in September 2009, the Company began servicing federally-owned student loans for the Department of Education. As discussed previously, the amount of federally-owned student loans originated through the Direct Loan Program is expected to increase substantially, which will lead to an increase in servicing volume and related revenue for the Company. As shown below, revenue earned from the Company’s fee-based operating segments has grown $14.5 million (19.0%) and $29.3 million (19.1%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively.
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing (a)	 	$	42,463	 	 	 	35,565	 	 	 	6,898	 	 	 	19.4	%	
Enrollment Services	 	 	35,403	 	 	 	28,747	 	 	 	6,656	 	 	 	23.2	 	
Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce	 	 	12,799	 	 	 	11,859	 	 	 	940	 	 	 	7.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                Total revenue from fee-based businesses	 	$	90,665	 	 	 	76,171	 	 	 	14,494	 	 	 	19.0	%	
 
 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing (a)	 	$	83,692	 	 	 	68,301	 	 	 	15,391	 	 	 	22.5	%	
Enrollment Services	 	 	68,674	 	 	 	57,518	 	 	 	11,156	 	 	 	19.4	 	
Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce	 	 	30,189	 	 	 	27,427	 	 	 	2,762	 	 	 	10.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
                Total revenue from fee-based businesses	 	$	182,555	 	 	 	153,246	 	 	 	29,309	 	 	 	19.1	%	

(a)	The Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment included $12.3 million and $5.8 million of revenue earned from rehabilitation collections on defaulted loans in the second quarters of 2010 and 2009, respectively, and $22.3 million and $6.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.	

Manage Operating Costs

As shown below, excluding the cost to provide enrollment services, restructuring charges, and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue, operating expenses increased $2.4 million (3.2%) and $3.3 million (2.2%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively. The Company continues to manage operating costs while growing its fee-based businesses.
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits (a)	 	$	40,962	 	 	 	38,699	 	 	 	2,263	 	 	 	5.8	%	
Other expenses (b)	 	 	34,933	 	 	 	34,824	 	 	 	109	 	 	 	0.3	 	
Operating expenses, excluding the cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
to provide enrollment services, restructure expenses,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue	 	 	75,895	 	 	 	73,523	 	 	$	2,372	 	 	 	3.2	%	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	 	24,111	 	 	 	18,092	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructure expense (c)	 	 	72	 	 	 	3,288	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue (d)	 	 	8,143	 	 	 	2,453	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	$	108,221	 	 	 	97,356	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

33

 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits (a)	 	$	81,606	 	 	 	76,925	 	 	 	4,681	 	 	 	6.1	%	
Other expenses (b)	 	 	69,548	 	 	 	70,952	 	 	 	(1,404	)  	 	 	(2.0	)	
Operating expenses, excluding the cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
to provide enrollment services, restructure expenses,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue	 	 	151,154	 	 	 	147,877	 	 	$	3,277	 	 	 	2.2	%	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	 	46,136	 	 	 	35,885	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructure expense (c)	 	 	1,269	 	 	 	3,288	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue (d)	 	 	13,366	 	 	 	2,877	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	$	211,925	 	 	 	189,927	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

(a)	Excludes restructure expenses related to employee termination costs.	

(b)	Excludes costs to provide enrollment services, restructure expenses related to lease terminations, and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue.	

(c)	Restructure expense is included in “salaries and benefits” and “occupancy and communications” in the consolidated statements of income.	

(d)	The Company incurred collection costs directly related to revenue earned from rehabilitation loans. These costs are included in “professional and other services” in the consolidated statements of income and are shown separately in the above table for comparability purposes for the periods shown.	

Maximize the Value of Existing Portfolio

Fixed rate floor income

Loans originated prior to April 1, 2006 generally earn interest at the higher of a floating rate based on the Special Allowance Payment or the SAP formula set by the Department and the borrower rate, which is fixed over a period of time.  The SAP formula is based on an applicable index plus a fixed spread that is dependent upon when the loan was originated, the loan’s repayment status, and funding sources for the loan.  The Company generally finances its student loan portfolio with variable rate debt.  In low and/or declining interest rate environments, when the fixed borrower rate is higher than the rate produced by the SAP formula, the Company’s student loans earn at a fixed rate while the interest on the variable rate debt typically continues to decline.  In these interest rate environments, the Company earns additional spread income that it refers to as floor income.  For loans where the borrower rate is fixed to term, the Company earns floor income for an extended period of time, which the Company refers to as fixed rate floor income.

The Company’s core student loan spread (variable student loan spread including fixed rate floor contribution) and variable student loan spread (net interest margin excluding fixed rate floor income) is summarized below.

 
As reflected in the previous table, the Company’s core and variable student loan spread increased in 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009.  The Company’s variable student loan spread increased throughout 2009 and 2010 as a result of the tightening of the commercial paper rate, which is the primary rate the Company earns on its student loan portfolio, and the LIBOR rate, which is the primary rate the Company pays to fund its student loan assets. The CP/LIBOR spread during the first and second quarters of 2010 was 5 and 2 basis points, respectively, compared to 52 and 45 basis points for the same periods in 2009, respectively. The primary difference between variable student loan spread and core student loan spread is fixed rate floor income. A summary of fixed rate floor income and its contribution to core spread follows.
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed rate floor income, gross	 	$	35,340	 	 	 	37,054	 	 	 	74,467	 	 	 	67,339	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative settlements (a)	 	 	(4,286	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(8,142	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed rate floor income, net	 	$	31,054	 	 	 	37,054	 	 	 	66,325	 	 	 	67,339	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed rate floor income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     contribution to spread, net	 	 	0.48	%	 	 	0.59	%	 	 	0.53	%	 	 	0.54	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a)	 	includes settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge student loans	
 	 	earning fixed rate floor income	

34

The high levels of fixed rate floor income earned during 2009 and 2010 are due to historically low interest rates.  If interest rates remain low, the Company anticipates continuing to earn significant fixed rate floor income in future periods.

Future Cash Flow from Portfolio

The majority of the Company’s portfolio of student loans is funded in asset-backed securitizations that are structured to substantially match the maturity of the funded assets, thereby minimizing liquidity risk. In addition, due to (i) the difference between the yield the Company receives on the loans and cost of financing within these transactions, and (ii) the excess servicing and administration fees the Company earns from these transactions, the Company has created a portfolio that will generate earnings and significant cash flow over the life of these transactions.

As of June 30, 2010, based on cash flow models developed to reflect management’s current estimate of, among other factors, prepayments, defaults, deferment, forbearance, and interest rates, the Company currently expects future undiscounted cash flows from its portfolio to be approximately $1.58 billion as detailed below.

The forecasted cash flow presented below includes all loans currently funded in asset-backed securitizations.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $21.5 billion of loans included in asset-backed securitizations which represented 88 percent of its total FFELP student loan portfolio classified as held for investment.  The forecasted cash flow does not include cash flows that the Company expects to receive related to loans funded through the Department of Education’s Conduit and Loan Participation and Purchase Programs and other warehouse facilities or loans originated and/or acquired subsequent to June 30, 2010.

The Company expects the future cash flows shown below would correspond to earnings when excluding the amortization of loan premiums/discounts and deferred origination costs, potential derivative activity used by the Company to hedge the portfolio, and other portfolio management and administrative costs. Because the Company does not use gain-on-sale accounting when issuing asset-backed securitizations, the future earnings of these transactions are not yet reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The increase in the Company’s expected portfolio cash flows from December 31, 2009 (which was $1.43 billion) is due to completing additional asset-backed securitizations during 2010 and favorable changes in forward interest rates, offset by cash received during the first two quarters of 2010.

 	(a)	The Company uses various assumptions, including prepayments and future interest rates, when preparing its cash flow forecast.  These assumptions are further discussed below.	
 
Prepayments :  The primary variable in establishing a life of loan estimate is the level and timing of prepayments. Prepayments equal the percentage of loans that prepay annually as a percentage of the beginning of period balance, net of scheduled principal payments.  A number of factors can affect the prepayment estimate, including the level of consolidation activity and default rates.  Should any of these factors change, management may revise its assumptions which in turn would impact the projected future cash flow. The Company’s cash flow forecast above assumes prepayments that are generally consistent with those utilized in recent asset-backed securities transactions. If management used a prepayment assumption two times greater than what was used to forecast the cash flow, the cash flow forecast is reduced by approximately $320 million to $400 million.

35

Interest rates :  The Company funds the majority of its student loans with three-month LIBOR (“LIBOR”) indexed floating rate securities.  Meanwhile, the interest earned on the Company’s student loan assets are indexed primarily to a commercial paper rate (“CP”).  The different interest rate characteristics of the Company’s loan assets and liabilities funding these assets results in basis risk.  The Company’s cash flow forecast assumes LIBOR will exceed CP by 12 basis points for the life of the portfolio, which approximates the historical relationship between these indexes.  If the forecast is performed assuming a spread of 24 basis points between CP and LIBOR for the life of the portfolio, the cash flow forecast is reduced by approximately $100 million to $150 million.

The Company uses the current forward interest rate yield curve to forecast cash flows.  A change in the forward interest rate curve would impact the future cash flows generated from the portfolio.  An increase in future interest rates will reduce the amount of fixed rate floor income the Company is currently receiving.  The Company attempts to mitigate the impact of a rise in short-term rates by hedging interest rate risks. See Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk.”

FFELP 2009-2010 Academic Year Originations

The Company continues to use the Department’s Participation Program to fund loans originated for the 2009-2010 academic year.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $2.0 billion of FFELP loans funded using the Participation Program, which are classified as held for sale on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. These loans are expected to be sold to the Department under its Purchase Program during the fourth quarter of 2010. Upon selling the $2.0 billion in loans held for sale, the Company expects to recognize a pre-tax gain of approximately $30 million to $33 million.

Use Liquidity to Capitalize on Market Opportunities

The Company has used and will continue to use its improved liquidity position to capitalize on market opportunities, including debt repurchases, student loan purchases, and stock repurchases, as discussed further below.

Debt Repurchases

During the first and second quarters of 2010, the Company used operating cash to repurchase additional asset-backed securities as summarized below. Due to improvements in the capital markets, the opportunities for the Company to repurchase debt at less than par are becoming more limited.
 
 	 	Notional
amount	 	 	Purchase
price	 	 	Gain	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Three months ended March 31, 2010	 	$	274,250	 	 	 	264,073	 	 	 	10,177	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	 	117,775	 	 	 	109,016	 	 	 	8,759	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	$	392,025	 	 	 	373,089	 	 	 	18,936	 	

Student Loan Purchases

As disclosed previously, during the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased $1.9 billion (par value) of student loans.  The Company believes there will be additional opportunities to purchase FFELP loan portfolios and/or expand its current level of guarantee and third-party FFELP servicing volume from current FFELP participants looking to modify their involvement and/or exit the market.

Stock Repurchases

During the three month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired 663,443 shares of Class A common stock for $12.8 million (average share price of $19.33 per share) under the Company’s stock repurchase program.

36

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company’s operating results are primarily driven by the performance of its existing portfolio and the revenues generated by its fee-based businesses and the costs to provide such services.  The performance of the Company’s portfolio is driven by net interest income and losses related to credit quality of the assets along with the cost to administer and service the assets and related debt.

Net Interest Income

The Company generates a significant portion of its earnings from the spread, referred to as its student loan spread, between the yield the Company receives on its student loan portfolio and the cost of funding these loans. This spread income is reported on the Company’s consolidated statements of income as net interest income. The amortization of loan premiums and discounts, including capitalized costs of origination, the 1.05% per year consolidation loan rebate fee paid to the Department, and yield adjustments from borrower benefit programs, are netted against loan interest income on the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

The Company’s portfolio of FFELP loans originated prior to April 1, 2006 earns interest at the higher of a variable rate based on the special allowance payment or SAP formula set by the Department of Education and the borrower rate.  The SAP formula is based on an applicable index plus a fixed spread that is dependent upon when the loan was originated, the loan’s repayment status, and funding sources for the loan.  The Company’s portfolio of FFELP loans originated on or after April 1, 2006 earns interest at a variable rate based on the SAP formula.  For the portfolio of loans originated on or after April 1, 2006, when the borrower rate exceeds the variable rate based on the SAP formula, the Company must return the excess to the Department.

Because the Company generates a significant portion of its earnings from its student loan spread, the interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s balance sheet is very important to its operations. The current and future interest rate environment can and will affect the Company’s interest earnings, net interest income, and net income. The effects of changing interest rate environments are further outlined in Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk.”

Investment interest income, which is a component of net interest income, includes income from unrestricted interest-earning deposits and investments and funds in the Company’s special purpose entities which are utilized for its asset-backed securitizations.

Net interest income also includes interest expense on unsecured debt offerings.  The proceeds from these unsecured debt offerings were used by the Company to fund general business operations, certain asset and business acquisitions, and the repurchase of stock under the Company’s stock repurchase plan.

Provision for Loan Losses

Management estimates and establishes an allowance for loan losses through a provision charged to expense. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the collection of the loan principal is unlikely. Recovery of amounts previously charged off is credited to the allowance for loan losses.  Management maintains the allowance for federally insured and non-federally insured loans at a level believed to be appropriate to provide for estimated probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. This evaluation is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes.  The Company analyzes the allowance separately for its federally insured loans and its non-federally insured loans.

The allowance for the federally insured loan portfolio is based on periodic evaluations of the Company’s loan portfolios considering past experience, trends in student loan claims rejected for payment by guarantors, changes to federal student loan programs, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. The federal government guarantees 97% of the principal of and the interest on federally insured student loans disbursed on and after July 1, 2006 (and 98% for those loans disbursed prior to July 1, 2006), which limits the Company’s loss exposure on the outstanding balance of the Company’s federally insured portfolio. Student loans disbursed prior to October 1, 1993 are fully insured.

In determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses on the non-federally insured loans, the Company considers several factors including: loans in repayment versus those in a nonpaying status, delinquency status, type of program, and trends in defaults in the portfolio based on Company and industry data. The Company places a non-federally insured loan on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and interest is 30 days past due and charges off the loan when the collection of principal and interest is 120 days past due.

37

Other Income

The Company also earns fees and generates revenue from other sources as summarized below.

Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing Revenue – Loan servicing fees are determined according to individual agreements with customers and are calculated based on the dollar value of loans, number of loans, or number of borrowers serviced for each customer. Guaranty servicing fees, generally, are calculated based on the number of loans serviced, volume of loans serviced, or amounts collected.  Revenue is recognized when earned pursuant to applicable agreements, and when ultimate collection is assured.

Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce Revenue – Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue includes actively managed tuition payment solutions, online payment processing, detailed information reporting, and data integration services.  Fees for these payment management services are recognized over the period in which services are provided to customers.

Enrollment Services Revenue –   Enrollment services revenue primarily consists of the following items:

 	·	Interactive Marketing – Interactive marketing revenue is derived primarily from fees which are earned through the delivery of qualified leads or clicks. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Delivery is deemed to have occurred at the time a qualified lead or click is delivered to the customer provided that no significant obligations remain. From time to time, the Company may agree to credit certain leads or clicks if they fail to meet the contractual or other guidelines of a particular client. The Company has established a sales reserve based on historical experience. To date, such credits have been immaterial and within management’s expectations.
 
For a portion of its interactive marketing revenue, the Company has agreements with providers of online media or traffic (“Publishers”) used in the generation of leads or clicks. The Company receives a fee from its customers and pays a fee to Publishers either on a cost per lead, cost per click, or cost per number of impressions basis. The Company is the primary obligor in the transaction. As a result, the fees paid by the Company’s customers are recognized as revenue and the fees paid to its Publishers are included in “cost to provide enrollment services” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.	
 
 	·	Publishing and editing services - Revenue from the sale of print products is generally earned and recognized, net of estimated returns, upon shipment or delivery. Revenue from the sale of editing services is generally recognized upon completion of providing the service.	

 	·	Resource centers and list marketing – Resource centers and list marketing services includes the sale of subscription and performance based products and services, as well as list sales.  Revenues from sales of subscription and performance based products and services are recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Subscription and performance based revenues received or receivable in advance of the delivery of services is included in deferred revenue.  Revenue from the sale of lists is generally earned and recognized, net of estimated returns, upon delivery.	

Software Services Revenue – Software services revenue is determined from individual agreements with customers and includes license and maintenance fees associated with student loan software products.  Computer and software consulting services are recognized over the period in which services are provided to customers.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses includes indirect costs incurred to generate and acquire student loans; costs incurred to manage and administer the Company’s student loan portfolio and its financing transactions; costs incurred to service the Company’s student loan portfolio and the portfolios of third parties; collection costs related to rehabilitation revenue; the cost to provide enrollment services; costs incurred to provide tuition payment processing, campus commerce, resource center and list marketing services, and software and technical services to third parties; the depreciation and amortization of capital assets and intangible assets; investments in products, services, and technology to meet customer needs and support continued revenue growth; and other general and administrative expenses.  The cost to provide enrollment services, as discussed previously, consists of costs incurred to provide interactive marketing and publishing and editing services in the Company’s Enrollment Services operating segment.  Operating expenses also includes employee termination benefits and lease termination costs related to the Company’s restructuring initiatives.

38

Three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009

Net Interest Income (net of settlements on derivatives)
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Interest income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan interest	 	$	155,353	 	 	 	160,413	 	 	 	(5,060	)  	 	 	(3.2	)%  	 	$	290,320	 	 	 	331,332	 	 	 	(41,012	)  	 	 	(12.4	) % 	
Investment interest	 	 	1,304	 	 	 	2,776	 	 	 	(1,472	)  	 	 	(53.0	)  	 	 	2,305	 	 	 	6,867	 	 	 	(4,562	)  	 	 	(66.4	)  	
Total interest income	 	 	156,657	 	 	 	163,189	 	 	 	(6,532	)  	 	 	(4.0	)  	 	 	292,625	 	 	 	338,199	 	 	 	(45,574	)  	 	 	(13.5	)  	
Interest expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest on bonds and notes payable	 	 	59,243	 	 	 	106,082	 	 	 	(46,839	)  	 	 	(44.2	)  	 	 	110,102	 	 	 	252,584	 	 	 	(142,482	)  	 	 	(56.4	)  	
Net interest income	 	 	97,414	 	 	 	57,107	 	 	 	40,307	 	 	 	70.6	 	 	 	182,523	 	 	 	85,615	 	 	 	96,908	 	 	 	113.2	 	
Provision for loan losses	 	 	6,200	 	 	 	8,000	 	 	 	(1,800	)  	 	 	(22.5	)  	 	 	11,200	 	 	 	15,500	 	 	 	(4,300	)  	 	 	(27.7	)  	
Net interest income after	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
provision for loan losses	 	 	91,214	 	 	 	49,107	 	 	 	42,107	 	 	 	85.7	 	 	 	171,323	 	 	 	70,115	 	 	 	101,208	 	 	 	144.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative settlements, net (a)	 	 	(3,377	)  	 	 	9,535	 	 	 	(12,912	)  	 	 	(135.4	)  	 	 	(5,800	)  	 	 	33,893	 	 	 	(39,693	)  	 	 	(117.1	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income after	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
provision for loan losses (net of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
settlements on derivatives)	 	$	87,837	 	 	 	58,642	 	 	 	29,195	 	 	 	49.8	%   	 	$	165,523	 	 	 	104,008	 	 	 	61,515	 	 	 	59.1	% 	

 	(a)	The Company maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce the economic effect of interest rate volatility.  Management has structured the majority of the Company’s derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective; however, the Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Derivative settlements for each applicable period should be evaluated with the Company’s net interest income.	

Net interest income after provision for loan losses, net of settlements on derivatives, changed for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 as follows:
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Student loan interest margin, net of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
settlements on derivatives (a)	 	$	67,804	 	 	 	28,936	 	 	 	38,868	 	 	 	134.3	%	 	$	120,334	 	 	 	54,434	 	 	 	65,900	 	 	 	121.1	%	
Fixed rate floor income, net of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
settlements on derivatives (b)	 	 	31,054	 	 	 	37,054	 	 	 	(6,000	)	 	 	(16.2	)	 	 	66,325	 	 	 	67,339	 	 	 	(1,014	)	 	 	(1.5	)	
Variable-rate floor income, net of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
settlements on derivatives (c)	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,042	 	 	 	(6,042	)	 	 	(100.0	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	7,502	 	 	 	(7,502	)	 	 	(100.0	)	
Investment interest (d)	 	 	1,304	 	 	 	2,776	 	 	 	(1,472	)	 	 	(53.0	)	 	 	2,305	 	 	 	6,867	 	 	 	(4,562	)	 	 	(66.4	)	
Corporate debt interest expense (e)	 	 	(6,125	)	 	 	(8,166	)	 	 	2,041	 	 	 	(25.0	)	 	 	(12,241	)	 	 	(16,634	)	 	 	4,393	 	 	 	(26.4	)	
Provision for loan losses (f)	 	 	(6,200	)	 	 	(8,000	)	 	 	1,800	 	 	 	(22.5	)	 	 	(11,200	)	 	 	(15,500	)	 	 	4,300	 	 	 	(27.7	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Net interest income after	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
provision for loan losses (net of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
settlements on derivatives)	 	$	87,837	 	 	 	58,642	 	 	 	29,195	 	 	 	49.8	%	 	$	165,523	 	 	 	104,008	 	 	 	61,515	 	 	 	59.1	%	

 	(a)	Variable student loan spread increased to 1.06% and 0.96% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with 0.60% and 0.54% for the same periods in 2009 as further discussed in this Item 2 under “Asset Generation and Management Operating Segment – Results of Operations – Student Loan Spread Analysis.”	

 	(b)	The Company has a portfolio of student loans that are earning interest at a fixed borrower rate which exceeds the statutorily defined variable lender rate generating fixed rate floor income. See Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Interest Rate Risk” for additional information.	

 	(c)	Loans that reset annually on July 1 can generate excess spread income compared with the rate based on the special allowance payment formula in declining interest rate environments.  The Company refers to this additional income as variable-rate floor income.  A portion of the Company’s portfolio was earning variable-rate floor income during the first and second quarters of 2009. No variable-rate floor income was earned during 2010.	

39

 
 	(d)	Investment interest decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 due to lower interest rates and a decrease in average cash held.	

 	(e)	Corporate debt interest expense decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 due to a reduction in debt outstanding due to the purchase of unsecured fixed rate debt. During the first, second, and third quarters of 2009, the Company purchased $34.9 million, $35.5 million, and $137.9 million, respectively, of its 5.125% Senior Notes due 2010.  The remaining balance outstanding on the Senior Notes, $66.7 million, was paid on June 1, 2010.	

 	(f)	The provision for loan losses represents the periodic expense of maintaining an allowance sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the Company's portfolio of loans.  The provision for loan losses recognized by the Company was larger during the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 compared with the same periods in 2010, primarily due to the provision related to the Company's non-federally insured student loan portfolio.  During 2009, the Company increased its allowance for non-federally insured loans due to management's projected performance of the portfolio in light of economic conditions.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company's non-federally insured student loan portfolio, including those loans in repayment and loans delinquent, decreased from the same period a year ago.   The Company believes these items, as well as continued aging of the portfolio, decreased the need to record additional provision expense related to the Company's non-federally insured portfolio.	

Other Income

 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue (a)	 	$	36,652	 	 	 	28,803	 	 	 	7,849	 	 	 	27.3	%	 	$	73,046	 	 	 	55,274	 	 	 	17,772	 	 	 	32.2	%	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue (b)	 	 	12,795 	 	 	 	11,848	 	 	 	947	 	 	 	8.0	 	 	 	30,177	 	 	 	27,386	 	 	 	2,791	 	 	 	10.2	 	
Enrollment services revenue (c)	 	 	35,403 	 	 	 	28,747	 	 	 	6,656	 	 	 	23.2	 	 	 	68,674	 	 	 	57,518	 	 	 	11,156	 	 	 	19.4	 	
Software services revenue (d)	 	 	5,499 	 	 	 	6,119	 	 	 	(620	)  	 	 	(10.1	)  	 	 	9,843	 	 	 	11,824	 	 	 	(1,981	)  	 	 	(16.8	)  	
Other income (e)	 	 	8,496 	 	 	 	5,665	 	 	 	2,831	 	 	 	50.0	 	 	 	15,756	 	 	 	14,452	 	 	 	1,304	 	 	 	9.0	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net (f)	 	 	8,759 	 	 	 	5,666	 	 	 	3,093	 	 	 	54.6	 	 	 	18,936	 	 	 	13,535	 	 	 	5,401	 	 	 	39.9	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments (g)	 	 	(7,231	)  	 	 	(34,013	)  	 	 	26,782	 	 	 	(78.7	)  	 	 	(3,126	)  	 	 	(38,893	)  	 	 	35,767	 	 	 	(92.0	)  	
Derivative settlements, net (h)	 	 	(3,377	)  	 	 	9,535	 	 	 	(12,912	)  	 	 	(135.4	)  	 	 	(5,800	)  	 	 	33,893	 	 	 	(39,693	)  	 	 	(117.1	)  	
Total other income	 	$	96,996	 	 	 	62,370	 	 	 	34,626	 	 	 	55.5	%	 	$	207,506	 	 	 	174,989	 	 	 	32,517	 	 	 	18.6	%	

 	(a)	“Loan and guaranty servicing revenue” increased due to an increase in loan servicing revenue as a result of servicing loans for the Department, as well as an increase in guaranty servicing revenue as a result of recognizing $12.3 million and $22.3 million in revenue related to rehabilitation collections on defaulted loans in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with $5.8 million and $6.2 million for the same periods in 2009. This additional revenue was offset by a decrease in external FFELP servicing revenue due to the loss of servicing volume from third party customers as a result of these customers selling their portfolios to the Company and/or the Department under the Purchase Program. See Item 2 under “Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing Operating Segment – Results of Operations” for additional information.	

 	(b)	“Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue” increased due to an increase in the number of managed tuition payment plans and an increase in campus commerce transactions processed as discussed in this Item 2 under “Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce Operating Segment – Results of Operations.”	

 	(c)	“Enrollment services revenue” increased due to an increase in interactive marketing revenue as further discussed in this Item 2 under “Enrollment Services Operating Segment – Results of Operations.”	

 	(d)	“Software and technical services revenue” decreased due to a reduction in the number of projects for existing customers and the loss of customers due to the legislative developments in the student loan industry throughout 2009 and 2010 as discussed in this Item 2 under “Loan and Guaranty Servicing Operating Segment – Results of Operations.”	

 	(e)	The following table summarizes the components of “other income”.	
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Borrower late fee income	 	$	2,979	 	 	 	2,758	 	 	 	6,237	 	 	 	5,788	 	
Gain on sale of equity method investment	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,500	 	
Other	 	 	5,517	 	 	 	2,907	 	 	 	9,519	 	 	 	5,164	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Other income	 	$	8,496	 	 	 	5,665	 	 	 	15,756	 	 	 	14,452	 	

40

(f)  “Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net” includes the following:
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	Notional amount	 	 	Purchase price	 	 	Gain	 	 	Notional amount	 	 	Purchase price	 	 	Gain	 	
Gains on debt repurchases:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	$	117,775	 	 	 	109,016	 	 	 	8,759	 	 	$	392,025	 	 	 	373,089	 	 	 	18,936	 	
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	Notional amount	 	 	Purchase price	 	 	Gain	 	 	Notional amount	 	 	Purchase price	 	 	Gain	 	
Gains on debt repurchases:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
5.125% Senior Notes due 2010	 	$	35,520	 	 	 	31,080	 	 	 	4,440	 	 	$	70,386	 	 	 	57,871	 	 	 	12,515	 	
Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities	 	 	1,750	 	 	 	350	 	 	 	1,400	 	 	 	1,750	 	 	 	350	 	 	 	1,400	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	1,100	 	 	 	1,078	 	 	 	22	 	 	 	1,100	 	 	 	1,078	 	 	 	22	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	38,370	 	 	 	32,508	 	 	 	5,862	 	 	$	73,236	 	 	 	59,299	 	 	 	13,937	 	
Loss on sale of loans	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(196	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(402	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	 	$	5,666	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	13,535	 	

(g)	The change in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments” is the result of the change in the fair value of the Company’s derivative portfolio and transaction gains/losses resulting from the re-measurement of the Company’s Euro-denominated bonds to U.S. dollars. These changes are summarized below.	
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in fair value of derivatives	 	$	(100,632	)	 	 	29,852	 	 	 	(168,201	)	 	 	(22,270	)	
Foreign currency transaction adjustment	 	 	93,401	 	 	 	(63,865	)	 	 	165,075	 	 	 	(16,623	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	$	(7,231	)	 	 	(34,013	)	 	 	(3,126	)	 	 	(38,893	)	
 
(h)	Further detail of the components of derivative settlements is included in Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”  The Company maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce the economic effect of interest rate volatility.  Management has structured the majority of the Company’s derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective; however, the Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Derivative settlements for each applicable period should be evaluated with the Company’s net interest income.	

Operating Expenses

As shown below, excluding the cost to provide enrollment services, restructuring charges, and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue, operating expenses increased $2.4 million (3.2%) and $3.3 million (2.2%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively. The Company continues to manage operating costs while growing its fee-based businesses.
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits (a)	 	$	40,962	 	 	 	38,699	 	 	 	2,263	 	 	 	5.8	%	
Other expenses (b)	 	 	34,933	 	 	 	34,824	 	 	 	109	 	 	 	0.3	 	
Operating expenses, excluding the cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
to provide enrollment services, restructure expenses,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue	 	 	75,895	 	 	 	73,523	 	 	$	2,372	 	 	 	3.2	%	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	 	24,111	 	 	 	18,092	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructure expense (c)	 	 	72	 	 	 	3,288	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue (d)	 	 	8,143	 	 	 	2,453	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	$	108,221	 	 	 	97,356	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

41

 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits (a)	 	$	81,606	 	 	 	76,925	 	 	 	4,681	 	 	 	6.1	%	
Other expenses (b)	 	 	69,548	 	 	 	70,952	 	 	 	(1,404	)  	 	 	(2.0	)	
Operating expenses, excluding the cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
to provide enrollment services, restructure expenses,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue	 	 	151,154	 	 	 	147,877	 	 	$	3,277	 	 	 	2.2	%	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	 	46,136	 	 	 	35,885	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructure expense (c)	 	 	1,269	 	 	 	3,288	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue (d)	 	 	13,366	 	 	 	2,877	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	$	211,925	 	 	 	189,927	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	(a)	Excludes restructure expenses related to employee termination costs.	

 	(b)	Excludes costs to provide enrollment services, restructure expenses related to lease terminations, and collection costs related to loan rehabilitation revenue.	

 	(c)	Restructure expense is included in “salaries and benefits” and “occupancy and communications” in the consolidated statements of income.	

 	(d)	The Company incurred collection costs directly related to revenue earned from rehabilitation loans. These costs are included in “professional and other services” in the consolidated statements of income and are shown separately in the above table for comparability purposes for the periods shown.	

Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate was 37.5% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 41.9% and 39.0% for the same periods in 2009, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2010 decreased as compared with the same periods in 2009 due to a decrease of items not deductible for tax purposes and various state tax law changes.

Additional information on the Company’s results of operations is included with the discussion of the Company’s operating segments in this Item 2 under “Operating Segments.”

Financial Condition as of June 30, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009
 
 	 	As of	 	 	As of	 	 	 	 	
 	 	June 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	 	Change	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	Dollars	 	 	Percent	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Student loans receivable, net	 	$	24,746,932	 	 	 	23,926,957	 	 	 	819,975	 	 	 	3.4%	%	
Student loans receivable - held for sale	 	 	1,995,869	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,995,869	 	 	 	100.0	 	
Cash, cash equivalents, and investments	 	 	981,726	 	 	 	1,055,414	 	 	 	(73,688	)  	 	 	(7.0	)	
Goodwill	 	 	143,717	 	 	 	143,717	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	 	48,708	 	 	 	53,538	 	 	 	(4,830	)  	 	 	(9.0	)	
Fair value of derivative instruments	 	 	35,354	 	 	 	193,899	 	 	 	(158,545	)  	 	 	(82	)  	
Other assets	 	 	615,717	 	 	 	502,902	 	 	 	112,815	 	 	 	22.4	 	
Total assets	 	$	28,568,023	 	 	 	25,876,427	 	 	 	2,691,596	 	 	 	10.4%	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes payable	 	$	27,428,772	 	 	 	24,805,289	 	 	 	2,623,483	 	 	 	10.6%	%	
Fair value of derivative instruments	 	 	26,146	 	 	 	2,489	 	 	 	23,657	 	 	 	950.5	 	
Other liabilities	 	 	239,160	 	 	 	284,086	 	 	 	(44,926	)  	 	 	(15.8	)	
Total liabilities	 	 	27,694,078	 	 	 	25,091,864	 	 	 	2,602,214	 	 	 	10.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shareholders' equity	 	 	873,945	 	 	 	784,563	 	 	 	89,382	 	 	 	11.4	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	 	$	28,568,023	 	 	 	25,876,427	 	 	 	2,691,596	 	 	 	10.4%	%	

Total assets and total liabilities increased during 2010 primarily due to the Company originating and acquiring student loans in 2010 and funding the loans with bonds and notes payable. See the activity of loans originated and acquired in this Item 2 under “Asset Generation and Management – Results of Operations.”

42

OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Company earns fee-based revenue through its Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing, Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce, and Enrollment Services operating segments. In addition, the Company earns net interest income on its student loan portfolio in its Asset Generation and Management operating segment. The Company’s operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer or the types of customers they serve, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. In the first quarter of 2010, internal reporting to executive management (the “chief operating decision maker”) changed to reflect operational changes made within the organization. The operations of various segments changed in the first quarter of 2010 in order for the Company to capitalize on external servicing opportunities while obtaining maximum operating leverage. The change in operating results reviewed by management changed the operating segments historically reported by the Company.  The operational and internal reporting changes included moving the majority of software and information technology products and services and related expenses to the Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment.  The internal and external revenue and expenses related to these products and services were historically included within Corporate Activities and the former Software and Technical Services operating segment.  The Software and Technical Services operating segment no longer meets the definition of an operating segment as described in ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting .  Prior period segment operating results were restated to conform to the current period presentation.

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.  Intersegment revenues are charged by a segment to another segment that provides the product or service.  Intersegment revenues and expenses are included within each segment consistent with the income statement presentation provided to management.  Changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial information. In 2010, the Company began allocating certain corporate overhead expenses to the individual operating segments.  These expenses include certain corporate activities related to executive management, human resources, accounting and finance, legal, and marketing. These costs are allocated to each operating segment based on estimated use of such activities and services. These allocations were not made in 2009, and thus are not reflected in the 2009 segment operating results.

The management reporting process measures the performance of the Company’s operating segments based on the management structure of the Company as well as the methodology used by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Management, including the Company’s chief operating decision maker, evaluates the performance of the Company’s operating segments based on their profitability.  As discussed further below, management measures the profitability of the Company’s operating segments based on “base net income.”  Accordingly, information regarding the Company’s operating segments is provided based on “base net income.”  The Company’s “base net income” is not a defined term within generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.  Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting.

“Base net income” is the primary financial performance measure used by management to develop the Company’s financial plans, track results, and establish corporate performance targets and incentive compensation.  While “base net income” is not a substitute for reported results under GAAP, the Company relies on “base net income” in operating its business because “base net income” permits management to make meaningful period-to-period comparisons of the operational and performance indicators that are most closely assessed by management.  Management believes this information provides additional insight into the financial performance of the core business activities of the Company’s operating segments.
 
  Accordingly, the tables presented below reflect “base net income” which is reviewed and utilized by management to manage the business for each of the Company’s operating segments.  Reconciliation of the segment totals to the Company’s consolidated operating results in accordance with GAAP are also included in the tables below.  Included below under “Non-GAAP Performance Measures” is further discussion regarding “base net income” and its limitations, including a table that details the differences between “base net income” and GAAP net income by operating segment.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassifications were made to change the income statement presentation to provide the users of the financial statements additional information related to the operating results of the Company. These reclassifications include reclassifying the Company’s gains on debt repurchases to “gains on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net” which were previously included in “other income.” In addition, as discussed previously, in the first quarter of 2010, a change in operating results reviewed by management changed the operating segments historically reported by the Company. Prior period segment operating results were restated to conform to the current period presentation.

43

Segment Results and Reconciliations to GAAP
 
 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	17	 	4	 	—	 	21	 	155,701	 	1,922	 	(987	)  	—	 	156,657	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	54,105	 	6,125	 	(987	)  	—	 	59,243	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	17	 	4	 	—	 	21	 	101,596	 	(4,203	)  	—	 	—	 	97,414	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	6,200	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	6,200	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	17	 	4	 	—	 	21	 	95,396	 	(4,203	)  	—	 	—	 	91,214	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	36,652	 	—	 	—	 	36,652	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	36,652	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	12,795	 	—	 	12,795	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	12,795	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	35,403	 	35,403	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	35,403	 	
Software services revenue	 	5,499	 	—	 	—	 	5,499	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	5,499	 	
Other income	 	295	 	—	 	—	 	295	 	4,636	 	3,565	 	—	 	—	 	8,496	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,759	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,759	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	23,834	 	66	 	14	 	23,914	 	—	 	4,098	 	(28,012	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(7,231	)  	(7,231	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,377	)  	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,377	)  	
Total other income (expense)	 	66,280	 	12,861	 	35,417	 	114,558	 	10,018	 	7,663	 	(28,012	)  	(7,231	)  	96,996	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	23,327	 	6,594	 	6,447	 	36,368	 	1,286	 	3,808	 	(428	)  	—	 	41,034	 	
Restructure expense- severance and contract terminination costs	 	84	 	—	 	—	 	84	 	—	 	(12	)  	(72	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	24,111	 	24,111	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	24,111	 	
Other expenses	 	19,825	 	2,611	 	4,065	 	26,501	 	2,992	 	7,351	 	—	 	6,232	 	43,076	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	3,014	 	945	 	655	 	4,614	 	21,891	 	1,007	 	(27,512	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	46,250	 	10,150	 	35,278	 	91,678	 	26,169	 	12,154	 	(28,012	)  	6,232	 	108,221	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	20,047	 	2,715	 	139	 	22,901	 	79,245	 	(8,694	)  	—	 	(13,463	)  	79,989	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(1,484	)  	(495	)  	(495	)  	(2,474	)  	(2,473	)  	4,947	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	18,563	 	2,220	 	(356	)  	20,427	 	76,772	 	(3,747	)  	—	 	(13,463	)  	79,989	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(7,053	)  	(844	)  	135	 	(7,762	)  	(29,173	)  	1,823	 	—	 	5,116	 	(29,996	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	11,510	 	1,376	 	(221	)  	12,665	 	47,599	 	(1,924	)  	—	 	(8,347	)  	49,993	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before taxes for the individual operating segments.	

44

 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	13	 	11	 	—	 	24	 	156,233	 	1,312	 	(422	)  	6,042	 	163,189	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	98,338	 	8,166	 	(422	)  	—	 	106,082	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	13	 	11	 	—	 	24	 	57,895	 	(6,854	)  	—	 	6,042	 	57,107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,000	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8,000	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	13	 	11	 	—	 	24	 	49,895	 	(6,854	)  	—	 	6,042	 	49,107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	29,184	 	—	 	—	 	29,184	 	—	 	(381	)  	—	 	—	 	28,803	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	11,848	 	—	 	11,848	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,848	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	28,747	 	28,747	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	28,747	 	
Software services revenue	 	6,119	 	—	 	—	 	6,119	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	6,119	 	
Other income	 	249	 	—	 	—	 	249	 	4,219	 	1,197	 	—	 	—	 	5,665	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(174	)  	5,840	 	—	 	—	 	5,666	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	23,012	 	53	 	277	 	23,342	 	—	 	3,862	 	(27,204	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(34,013	)  	(34,013	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9,535	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9,535	 	
Total other income (expense)	 	58,564	 	11,901	 	29,024	 	99,489	 	13,580	 	10,518	 	(27,204	)  	(34,013	)  	62,370	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	21,247	 	6,402	 	5,863	 	33,512	 	1,735	 	4,057	 	876	 	—	 	40,180	 	
Restructure expense- severance and contract terminination costs	 	3,257	 	—	 	—	 	3,257	 	—	 	31	 	(3,288	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	18,092	 	18,092	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	18,092	 	
Other expenses	 	15,103	 	2,339	 	3,041	 	20,483	 	5,875	 	5,134	 	1,807	 	5,785	 	39,084	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	2,852	 	669	 	508	 	4,029	 	20,732	 	1,838	 	(26,599	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	42,459	 	9,410	 	27,504	 	79,373	 	28,342	 	11,060	 	(27,204	)  	5,785	 	97,356	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	16,118	 	2,502	 	1,520	 	20,140	 	35,133	 	(7,396	)  	—	 	(33,756	)  	14,121	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(6,126	)  	(951	)  	(577	)  	(7,654	)  	(13,351	)  	940	 	—	 	14,147	 	(5,918	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	9,992	 	1,551	 	943	 	12,486	 	21,782	 	(6,456	)  	—	 	(19,609	)  	8,203	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before taxes for the individual operating segments.	

45

 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	30	 	12	 	—	 	42	 	290,963	 	3,520	 	(1,900	)  	—	 	292,625	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	99,761	 	12,241	 	(1,900	)  	—	 	110,102	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	30	 	12	 	—	 	42	 	191,202	 	(8,721	)  	—	 	—	 	182,523	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,200	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,200	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	30	 	12	 	—	 	42	 	180,002	 	(8,721	)  	—	 	—	 	171,323	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	73,300	 	—	 	—	 	73,300	 	—	 	(254	)  	—	 	—	 	73,046	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	30,177	 	—	 	30,177	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	30,177	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	68,674	 	68,674	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	68,674	 	
Software services revenue	 	9,843	 	—	 	—	 	9,843	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9,843	 	
Other income	 	519	 	—	 	—	 	519	 	9,404	 	5,833	 	—	 	—	 	15,756	 	
Gain on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	18,936	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	18,936	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	46,553	 	131	 	31	 	46,715	 	—	 	8,179	 	(54,894	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(3,126	)  	(3,126	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(5,800	)  	—	 	—	 	—	 	(5,800	)  	
Total other income (expense)	 	130,215	 	30,308	 	68,705	 	229,228	 	22,540	 	13,758	 	(54,894	)  	(3,126	)  	207,506	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	46,909	 	13,212	 	12,518	 	72,639	 	2,644	 	7,925	 	(533	)  	—	 	82,675	 	
Restructure expense- severance and contract terminination costs	 	1,289	 	—	 	—	 	1,289	 	—	 	(20	)  	(1,269	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	46,136	 	46,136	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	46,136	 	
Other expenses	 	35,344	 	5,052	 	9,127	 	49,523	 	7,213	 	13,430	 	200	 	12,748	 	83,114	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	5,996	 	1,784	 	1,105	 	8,885	 	42,716	 	1,691	 	(53,292	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	89,538	 	20,048	 	68,886	 	178,472	 	52,573	 	23,026	 	(54,894	)  	12,748	 	211,925	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	40,707	 	10,272	 	(181	)  	50,798	 	149,969	 	(17,989	)  	—	 	(15,874	)  	166,904	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(2,673	)  	(891	)  	(891	)  	(4,455	)  	(4,454	)  	8,909	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	38,034	 	9,381	 	(1,072	)  	46,343	 	145,515	 	(9,080	)  	—	 	(15,874	)  	166,904	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(14,453	)  	(3,566	)  	408	 	(17,611	)  	(55,296	)  	4,286	 	—	 	6,032	 	(62,589	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	23,581	 	5,815	 	(664	)  	28,732	 	90,219	 	(4,794	)  	—	 	(9,842	)  	104,315	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before taxes for the individual operating segments.	

46

 
 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	Fee-Based	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Student	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	"Base net	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	Corporate	 	 	 	income"	 	 	 	
 	and	 	Processing	 	 	 	Total	 	Generation	 	Activity	 	Eliminations	 	Adjustments	 	GAAP	 	
 	Guaranty	 	and Campus	 	Enrollment	 	Fee-	 	and	 	and	 	and	 	to GAAP	 	Results of	 	
 	Servicing	 	Commerce	 	Services	 	Based	 	Management	 	Overhead	 	Reclassifications	 	Results	 	Operations	 	

Total interest income	$	79	 	41	 	—	 	120	 	328,820	 	2,739	 	(982	)  	7,502	 	338,199	 	
Interest expense	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	236,932	 	16,634	 	(982	)  	—	 	252,584	 	
Net interest income (loss)	 	79	 	41	 	—	 	120	 	91,888	 	(13,895	)  	—	 	7,502	 	85,615	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less provision for loan losses	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	15,500	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	15,500	 	
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses	 	79	 	41	 	—	 	120	 	76,388	 	(13,895	)  	—	 	7,502	 	70,115	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	56,037	 	—	 	—	 	56,037	 	—	 	(763	)  	—	 	—	 	55,274	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	—	 	27,386	 	—	 	27,386	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	27,386	 	
Enrollment services revenue	 	—	 	—	 	57,518	 	57,518	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	57,518	 	
Software services revenue	 	11,824	 	—	 	—	 	11,824	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	11,824	 	
Other income	 	361	 	—	 	—	 	361	 	8,870	 	5,221	 	—	 	—	 	14,452	 	
Gain (loss) on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(380	)  	13,915 	 	—	 	—	 	13,535	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	44,970	 	110	 	277	 	45,357	 	—	 	7,862	 	(53,219	)  	—	 	—	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(38,893	)  	(38,893	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	33,893	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	33,893	 	
Total other income (expense)	 	113,192	 	27,496	 	57,795	 	198,483	 	42,383	 	26,235	 	(53,219	)  	(38,893	)  	174,989	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	43,601	 	12,947	 	11,958	 	68,506	 	3,510	 	7,859	 	(1,628	)  	159	 	78,406	 	
Restructure expense - severance and contract terminination costs	 	3,257	 	—	 	—	 	3,257	 	—	 	31	 	(3,288	)  	—	 	—	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	—	 	—	 	35,885	 	35,885	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	35,885	 	
Other expenses	 	27,977	 	4,747	 	6,336	 	39,060	 	10,834	 	11,996	 	1,807	 	11,939	 	75,636	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	5,859	 	1,292	 	1,054	 	8,205	 	38,608	 	3,297	 	(50,110	)  	—	 	—	 	
Total operating expenses	 	80,694	 	18,986	 	55,233	 	154,913	 	52,952	 	23,183	 	(53,219	)  	12,098	 	189,927	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	32,577	 	8,551	 	2,562	 	43,690	 	65,819	 	(10,843	)  	—	 	(43,489	)  	55,177	 	
Income tax (expense) benefit (a)	 	(12,381	)  	(3,249	)  	(973	)  	(16,603	)  	(25,012	)  	3,135	 	—	 	16,961	 	(21,519	)  	
Net income (loss)	$	20,196	 	5,302	 	1,589	 	27,087	 	40,807	 	(7,708	)  	—	 	(26,528	)  	33,658	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Income taxes are applied based on 38% of income (loss) before income taxes for the individual operating segments.	

Non-GAAP Performance Measures

In accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company prepares financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  In addition to evaluating the Company’s GAAP-based financial information, management also evaluates the Company’s operating segments on a non-GAAP performance measure referred to as “base net income” for each operating segment.  While “base net income” is not a substitute for reported results under GAAP, the Company relies on “base net income” to manage each operating segment because management believes these measures provide additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely assessed by management.

“Base net income” is the primary financial performance measure used by management to develop financial plans, establish corporate performance targets, allocate resources, track results, evaluate performance, and determine incentive compensation.  Accordingly, financial information is reported to management on a “base net income” basis by operating segment, as these are the measures used regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker.  The Company’s board of directors utilizes “base net income” to set performance targets and evaluate management’s performance.  The Company also believes analysts, rating agencies, and creditors use “base net income” in their evaluation of the Company’s results of operations.  While “base net income” is not a substitute for reported results under GAAP, the Company utilizes “base net income” in operating its business because “base net income” permits management to make meaningful period-to-period comparisons by eliminating the temporary volatility in the Company’s performance that arises from certain items that are primarily affected by factors beyond the control of management.  Management believes “base net income” provides additional insight into the financial performance of the core business activities of the Company’s operations.
 
  Limitations of “Base Net Income”

While GAAP provides a uniform, comprehensive basis of accounting, for the reasons discussed above, management believes that “base net income” is an important additional tool for providing a more complete understanding of the Company’s results of operations.  Nevertheless, “base net income” is subject to certain general and specific limitations that investors should carefully consider.  For example, as stated above, unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management reporting.  The Company’s “base net income” is not a defined term within GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.  Investors, therefore, may not be able to compare the Company’s performance with that of other companies based upon “base net income.”  “Base net income” results are only meant to supplement GAAP results by providing additional information regarding the operational and performance indicators that are most closely monitored and used by the Company’s management and board of directors to assess performance and information which the Company believes is important to analysts, rating agencies, and creditors.

47

Other limitations of “base net income” arise from the specific adjustments that management makes to GAAP results to derive “base net income” results.  These differences are described below.

The adjustments required to reconcile from the Company’s “base net income” measure to its GAAP results of operations relate to differing treatments for derivatives, foreign currency transaction adjustments, and certain other items that management does not consider in evaluating the Company’s operating results.  The following table reflects adjustments associated with these areas by operating segment and Corporate Activity and Overhead:

 	Student	 	 	Tuition	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Loan	 	 	Payment	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	 	Corporate	 	 	 	 	
 	and	 	 	Processing	 	 	 	 	 	Generation	 	 	Activity	 	 	 	 	
 	Guaranty	 	 	and Campus	 	 	Enrollment	 	 	and	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	
 	Servicing	 	 	Commerce	 	 	Services	 	 	Management	 	 	Overhead	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	$	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	550	 	 	 	6,681	 	 	 	7,231	 	
Amortization of intangible assets	 	2,114	 	 	 	1,591	 	 	 	2,527	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,232	 	
Compensation related to business combinations	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Net tax effect (a)	 	(803	)  	 	 	(605	)  	 	 	(958	)  	 	 	(209	)  	 	 	(2,541	)  	 	 	(5,116	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	1,311	 	 	 	986	 	 	 	1,569	 	 	 	341	 	 	 	4,140	 	 	 	8,347	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	$	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	35,445	 	 	 	(1,432	)  	 	 	34,013	 	
Amortization of intangible assets	 	1,215	 	 	 	1,869	 	 	 	2,701	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,785	 	
Compensation related to business combinations	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(6,042	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(6,042	)  	
Net tax effect (a)	 	(462	)  	 	 	(710	)  	 	 	(1,027	)  	 	 	(11,173	)  	 	 	(775	)  	 	 	(14,147	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	753	 	 	 	1,159	 	 	 	1,674	 	 	 	18,230	 	 	 	(2,207	)  	 	 	19,609	 	

 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	$	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4,011	)  	 	 	7,137	 	 	 	3,126	 	
Amortization of intangible assets	 	4,350	 	 	 	3,516	 	 	 	4,882	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	12,748	 	
Compensation related to business combinations	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Net tax effect (a)	 	(1,653	)  	 	 	(1,337	)  	 	 	(1,858	)  	 	 	1,524	 	 	 	(2,708	)  	 	 	(6,032	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	2,697	 	 	 	2,179	 	 	 	3,024	 	 	 	(2,487	)  	 	 	4,429	 	 	 	9,842	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments	$	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	40,325	 	 	 	(1,432	)  	 	 	38,893	 	
Amortization of intangible assets	 	2,440	 	 	 	3,756	 	 	 	5,743	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11,939	 	
Compensation related to business combinations	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	159	 	 	 	159	 	
Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(7,502	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(7,502	)  	
Net tax effect (a)	 	(952	)  	 	 	(1,465	)  	 	 	(2,240	)  	 	 	(12,800	)  	 	 	496	 	 	 	(16,961	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments to GAAP	$	1,488	 	 	 	2,291	 	 	 	3,503	 	 	 	20,023	 	 	 	(777	)  	 	 	26,528	 	

 	(a)	Income taxes are applied based on 38% for the individual operating segments.	

Differences between GAAP and “Base Net Income”

Management’s financial planning and evaluation of operating results does not take into account the following items because their volatility and/or inherent uncertainty affect the period-to-period comparability of the Company’s results of operations.  A more detailed discussion of the differences between GAAP and “base net income” follows.

Derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments:  “ Base net income” excludes the periodic unrealized gains and losses that are caused by the change in fair value on derivatives used in the Company’s risk management strategy in which the Company does not qualify for “hedge treatment” under GAAP.  As such, the Company recognizes changes in fair value of derivative instruments currently in earnings. The Company maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce the economic effect of interest rate volatility.  Derivative instruments primarily used by the Company to manage interest rate risk includes interest rate swaps and basis swaps. Management has structured the majority of the Company's derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective. However, the Company does not qualify its derivatives for “hedge treatment,” and the stand-alone derivative must be marked-to-market in the income statement with no consideration for the corresponding change in fair value of the hedged item.  The Company believes these point-in-time estimates of asset and liability values that are subject to interest rate fluctuations make it difficult to evaluate the ongoing results of operations against its business plan and affect the period-to-period comparability of the results of operations.  Included in “base net income” are the economic effects of the Company’s derivative instruments, which includes any cash paid or received being recognized as an expense or revenue upon actual derivative settlements.  These settlements are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

48

“Base net income” excludes the foreign currency transaction gains or losses caused by the re-measurement of the Company’s Euro-denominated bonds to U.S. dollars.  In connection with the issuance of the Euro-denominated bonds, the Company has entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps.  Under the terms of these agreements, the principal payments on the Euro-denominated notes will effectively be paid at the exchange rate in effect at the issuance date of the bonds.  The cross-currency interest rate swaps also convert the floating rate paid on the Euro-denominated bonds (EURIBOR index) to an index based on LIBOR.   Included in “base net income” are the economic effects of any cash paid or received being recognized as an expense or revenue upon actual settlements of the cross-currency interest rate swaps. These settlements are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.  However, the gains or losses caused by the re-measurement of the Euro-denominated bonds to U.S. dollars and the change in market value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps are excluded from “base net income” as the Company believes the point-in-time estimates of value that are subject to currency rate fluctuations related to these financial instruments make it difficult to evaluate the ongoing results of operations against the Company’s business plan and affect the period-to-period comparability of the results of operations.  The re-measurement of the Euro-denominated bonds generally correlates with the change in fair value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps.  However, the Company will experience unrealized gains or losses related to the cross-currency interest rate swaps if the two underlying indices (and related forward curve) do not move in parallel.

The gains and/or losses included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income are primarily caused by interest rate and currency volatility, as well as the volume and terms of derivatives not receiving hedge treatment.  “Base net income” excludes these unrealized gains and losses and isolates the effect of interest rate and currency volatility related to the fair value of such instruments during the period.  Under GAAP, the effects of these factors on the fair value of the derivative instruments (but not the underlying hedged item) tend to show more volatility in the short term.

Amortization of intangible assets:   “Base net income” excludes the amortization of acquired intangibles, which arises primarily from the acquisition of definite life intangible assets in connection with the Company’s acquisitions, since the Company feels that such charges do not drive the Company’s operating performance on a long-term basis and can affect the period-to-period comparability of the results of operations.

Compensation related to business combinations:   The Company has structured certain business combinations in which the consideration paid has been dependent on the sellers’ continued employment with the Company.  As such, the value of the consideration paid is recognized as compensation expense by the Company over the term of the applicable employment agreement.  “Base net income” excludes this expense because the Company believes such charges do not drive its operating performance on a long-term basis and can affect the period-to-period comparability of the results of operations.  If the Company did not enter into the employment agreements in connection with the acquisition, the amount paid to these former shareholders of the acquired entity would have been recorded by the Company as additional consideration of the acquired entity, thus, not having an effect on the Company’s results of operations. The compensation expense related to these existing agreements was fully expensed in 2009.

Variable-rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives :   Loans that reset annually on July 1 can generate excess spread income compared with the rate based on the special allowance payment formula in declining interest rate environments.  The Company refers to this additional income as variable-rate floor income.  The Company excludes variable-rate floor income, net of settlements paid on derivatives used to hedge student loan assets earning variable-rate floor income, from its “base net income” since the timing and amount of variable-rate floor income (if any) is uncertain, it has been eliminated by legislation for all loans originated on and after April 1, 2006, and it is in excess of expected spreads.  In addition, because variable-rate floor income is subject to the underlying rate for the subject loans being reset annually on July 1, it is a factor beyond the Company’s control which can affect the period-to-period comparability of results of operations.

49

STUDENT LOAN AND GUARANTY SERVICING OPERATING SEGMENT – RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment provides for the servicing of the Company’s student loan portfolio and the portfolios of third parties and servicing provided to guaranty agencies. The loan servicing activities include loan origination activities, loan conversion activities, application processing, borrower updates, payment processing, due diligence procedures, and claim processing. These activities are performed internally for the Company’s portfolio in addition to generating external fee revenue when performed for third-party clients.  The guaranty servicing activities include providing software and data center services, borrower and loan updates, default aversion tracking services, claim processing services, and post-default collection services to guaranty agencies. The Company’s student loan servicing division uses proprietary systems to manage the servicing process. These systems provide for automated compliance with most of the federal student loan regulations adopted under the Higher Education Act.

This operating segment also develops student loan servicing software, which is used internally by the Company and also licensed to third-party student loan holders and servicers. In addition, this operating segment provides information technology products and services, with core areas of business in educational loan software solutions, business intelligence, technical consulting services, and Enterprise Content Management solutions.

Loan servicing fees are determined according to individual agreements with customers and are calculated based on the dollar value of loans, number of loans, or number of borrowers serviced for each customer.  In addition, the Company earns servicing revenue for the origination of loans and conversion of loan portfolios.  Guaranty servicing fees, generally, are calculated based on the number of loans serviced, volume of loans serviced, or amounts collected.

In June 2009, the Department of Education named the Company as one of four private sector companies awarded a student loan servicing contract. In September 2009, the Company began servicing FFELP loans for the Department under this contract.  In June 2010, the Company also began servicing new loans originated under the Direct Loan Program. To date, servicing volume has been allocated by the Department to the four servicers.  However, performance factors such as customer satisfaction levels and default rates will determine volume allocations over time. The contract spans five years, with one five-year renewal option. Servicing loans under this contract will increase revenue earned by this segment.  However, as the portfolio ages, operating margins under this contract are expected to be lower than historical levels achieved.

Segment Summary of Results

Significant items impacting 2010 operating results include:

 	·	$9.7 million of government servicing revenue earned in 2010 and growth of number of borrowers to 1.5 million and loan volume to $12.9 billion under this contract.	

 	·	$22.3   million of guaranty servicing revenue earned in 2010 from rehabilitation collections on defaulted loan assets.	

50

Student Loan Servicing Volumes (dollars in millions)

 
 
Number of borrowers:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Government	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
servicing:	 	 	—	 	 	 	22,478	 	 	 	441,913	 	 	 	1,055,896	 	 	 	1,530,308	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
FFELP	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
servicing:	 	 	2,358,647	 	 	 	2,431,612	 	 	 	2,311,558	 	 	 	2,327,016	 	 	 	2,329,150	 	
 
 	(a)	As of June 30, 2010, the Company was servicing $2.0 billion of loans owned by the Company and approximately $0.4 billion of loans for third parties that were disbursed on or after July 1, 2009 and may be eligible to be sold to the Department pursuant to its Loan Purchase Commitment Program.  The Company expects to retain servicing on all loans sold to the Department which are currently being serviced by the Company.	

51

Three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Net interest income	 	$17	 	 	 	13	 	 	 	4	 	 	 	30.8	%	 	 	$30	 	 	 	79	 	 	 	(49	)  	 	 	(62.0	)%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loan and guaranty servicing revenue	 	36,652	 	 	 	29,184	 	 	 	7,468	 	 	 	25.6	 	 	 	73,300	 	 	 	56,037	 	 	 	17,263	 	 	 	30.8	 	
Software services revenue	 	5,499	 	 	 	6,119	 	 	 	(620	)  	 	 	(10.1	)  	 	 	9,843	 	 	 	11,824	 	 	 	(1,981	)  	 	 	(16.8	)  	
Other income	 	295	 	 	 	249	 	 	 	46	 	 	 	18.5	 	 	 	519	 	 	 	361	 	 	 	158	 	 	 	43.8	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	23,834	 	 	 	23,012	 	 	 	822	 	 	 	3.6	 	 	 	46,553	 	 	 	44,970	 	 	 	1,583	 	 	 	3.5	 	
Total other income	 	66,280	 	 	 	58,564	 	 	 	7,716	 	 	 	13.2	 	 	 	130,215	 	 	 	113,192	 	 	 	17,023	 	 	 	15.0	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	23,327	 	 	 	21,247	 	 	 	2,080	 	 	 	9.8	 	 	 	46,909	 	 	 	43,601	 	 	 	3,308	 	 	 	7.6	 	
Restructure expense	 	84	 	 	 	3,257	 	 	 	(3,173	)  	 	 	(97.4	)  	 	 	1,289	 	 	 	3,257	 	 	 	(1,968	)  	 	 	(60.4	)  	
Other expenses	 	19,825	 	 	 	15,103	 	 	 	4,722	 	 	 	31.3	 	 	 	35,344	 	 	 	27,977	 	 	 	7,367	 	 	 	26.3	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	3,014	 	 	 	2,852	 	 	 	162	 	 	 	5.7	 	 	 	5,996	 	 	 	5,859	 	 	 	137	 	 	 	2.3	 	
Total operating expenses	 	46,250	 	 	 	42,459	 	 	 	3,791	 	 	 	8.9	 	 	 	89,538	 	 	 	80,694	 	 	 	8,844	 	 	 	11.0	 	
"Base net income" before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	20,047	 	 	 	16,118	 	 	 	3,929	 	 	 	24.4	 	 	 	40,707	 	 	 	32,577	 	 	 	8,130	 	 	 	25.0	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(1,484	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,484	)  	 	 	(100.0	)  	 	 	(2,673	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,673	)  	 	 	(100.0	)  	
"Base net income" before income taxes	 	18,563	 	 	 	16,118	 	 	 	2,445	 	 	 	15.2	 	 	 	38,034	 	 	 	32,577	 	 	 	5,457	 	 	 	16.8	 	
Income tax expense	 	(7,053	)  	 	 	(6,126	)  	 	 	(927	)  	 	 	15.1	 	 	 	(14,453	)  	 	 	(12,381	)  	 	 	(2,072	)  	 	 	16.7	 	
"Base net income"	 	$11,510	 	 	 	9,992	 	 	 	1,518	 	 	 	15.2	%	 	 	$23,581	 	 	 	20,196	 	 	 	3,385	 	 	 	16.8	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Before Tax Operating Margin (a)	 	30.2	%	 	 	27.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	31.3	%	 	 	28.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Before Tax Operating Margin (b)	 	29.6	%	 	 	30.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	30.6	%	 	 	30.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	(a)	Excludes corporate overhead allocation.	

 	(b)	Excludes corporate overhead allocation, restructure expense, and the revenue and collection fees paid related to rehabilitation collections	

Total other income .
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	Origination revenue	 	 	Servicing revenue	 	 	Software services revenue and information technology	 	 	Total
revenue	 	 	Origination revenue	 	 	Servicing revenue	 	 	Software services revenue and information technology	 	 	Total
revenue	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
FFELP servicing (a)	$	88	 	 	 	8,762	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	8,850	 	 	 	458	 	 	 	13,866	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	14,324	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Private servicing	 	107	 	 	 	1,932	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,039	 	 	 	44	 	 	 	1,951	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,995	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Government servicing (b)	 	—	 	 	 	6,147	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,147	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Guaranty servicing (c)	 	38	 	 	 	19,578	 	 	 	878	 	 	 	20,494	 	 	 	37	 	 	 	12,828	 	 	 	925	 	 	 	13,790	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other (d)	 	—	 	 	 	295	 	 	 	4,621	 	 	 	4,916	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	249	 	 	 	5,194	 	 	 	5,443	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total third-party revenue	 	233	 	 	 	36,714	 	 	 	5,499	 	 	 	42,446	 	 	 	539	 	 	 	28,894	 	 	 	6,119	 	 	 	35,552	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intersegment revenue (e)	 	1,269	 	 	 	20,843	 	 	 	1,722	 	 	 	23,834	 	 	 	1,466	 	 	 	20,182	 	 	 	1,364	 	 	 	23,012	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other income	$	1,502	 	 	 	57,557	 	 	 	7,221	 	 	 	66,280	 	 	 	2,005	 	 	 	49,076	 	 	 	7,483	 	 	 	58,564	 	
 
 	a)	FFELP origination revenue decreased in 2010 compared with 2009 due to lenders exiting the FFELP marketplace as a result of legislative changes.  FFELP servicing revenue decreased in 2010 due to the loss of servicing volume from third party customers as a result of these customers selling their portfolios to the Company and/or the Department under the Purchase Program.	

 	b)	The Company began servicing loans for the Department in September 2009.	
 
 	c)	Guaranty servicing revenue increased in 2010 due to $12.3 million in revenue earned from rehabilitation collections on defaulted loan assets in the second quarter of 2010.  In the second quarter of 2009, revenue from rehabilitation collections on defaulted loans was $5.8 million.	

 	d)	The decrease in software services revenue in 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 is the result of a reduction in the number of projects for existing external customers and the loss of external customers due to legislative developments in the student loan industry throughout 2009 and 2010.	

52

 
 	e)	Intersegment servicing revenue increased in 2010 compared with the same period in 2009 as a result of an increase in the Company’s portfolio due to the Company’s loan purchases during 2010.	
 
 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	Origination revenue	 	 	Servicing revenue	 	 	Software services revenue and information technology	 	 	Total
revenue	 	 	Origination revenue	 	 	Servicing revenue	 	 	Software services revenue and information technology	 	 	Total
revenue	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
FFELP servicing (a)	$	256	 	 	 	21,218	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	21,474	 	 	 	775	 	 	 	29,303	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	30,078	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Private servicing	 	303	 	 	 	3,856	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,159	 	 	 	104	 	 	 	3,763	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,867	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Government servicing (b)	 	—	 	 	 	9,687	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	9,687	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Guaranty servicing (c)	 	120	 	 	 	37,860	 	 	 	1,786	 	 	 	39,766	 	 	 	214	 	 	 	21,878	 	 	 	1,800	 	 	 	23,892	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other (d)	 	—	 	 	 	519	 	 	 	8,057	 	 	 	8,576	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	361	 	 	 	10,024	 	 	 	10,385	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total third-party revenue	 	679	 	 	 	73,140	 	 	 	9,843	 	 	 	83,662	 	 	 	1,093	 	 	 	55,305	 	 	 	11,824	 	 	 	68,222	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intersegment revenue (e)	 	4,366	 	 	 	39,337	 	 	 	2,850	 	 	 	46,553	 	 	 	4,167	 	 	 	38,141	 	 	 	2,662	 	 	 	44,970	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other income	$	5,045	 	 	 	112,477	 	 	 	12,693	 	 	 	130,215	 	 	 	5,260	 	 	 	93,446	 	 	 	14,486	 	 	 	113,192	 	
 
 	(a)	FFELP origination revenue decreased in 2010 compared with 2009 due to lenders exiting the FFELP marketplace as a result of legislative changes.  FFELP servicing revenue decreased in 2010 due to the loss of servicing volume from third party customers as a result of these customers selling their portfolios to the Company and/or the Department under the Purchase Program.	

 	(b)	The Company began servicing loans for the Department in September 2009.	
 
 	(c)	Guaranty servicing revenue increased in 2010 due to $22.3 million in revenue earned from rehabilitation collections on defaulted loan assets in 2010.  In 2009, revenue from rehabilitation collections on defaulted loans was $6.2 million.	

 	(d)	The decrease in software services revenue in 2010 compared to the same period in 2009 is the result of a reduction in the number of projects for existing external customers and the loss of external customers due to legislative developments in the student loan industry throughout 2009 and 2010.	

 	(e)	Intersegment servicing revenue increased in 2010 compared with the same period in 2009 as a result of an increase in the Company’s portfolio due to the Company’s loan purchases during 2010.	

Operating expenses .   Excluding restructure charges and collection fees paid related to rehabilitation revenue, operating expenses increased $1.3 million (3.5%) and $0.3 million (0.4%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively.  These increases were due to incurring additional costs to support the increase in servicing volume.

53

TUITION PAYMENT PROCESSING AND CAMPUS COMMERCE OPERATING SEGMENT – RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Tuition Payment Processing and Campus Commerce operating segment provides products and services to help institutions and education seeking families manage the payment of education costs during the K-12 and higher education stages of the education life cycle.  The Company provides actively managed tuition payment solutions, online payment processing, detailed information reporting, financial needs analysis, and data integration services to K-12 and higher educational institutions, families, and students.  In addition, the Company provides customer-focused electronic transactions, information sharing, and account and bill presentment to colleges and universities.

This segment of the Company’s business is subject to seasonal fluctuations which correspond, or are related to, the traditional school year. Tuition management revenue is recognized over the course of the academic term, but the peak operational activities take place in summer and early fall. Revenue associated with providing electronic commerce subscription services is recognized over the service period with the highest revenue months being July through September and December and January.  The Company’s operating expenses do not follow the seasonality of the revenues. This is primarily due to fixed year-round personnel costs and seasonal marketing costs.

Segment Summary of Results

Significant items impacting 2010 operating results include:

 	·	$2.8 million (10%) increase in revenue from 2009 as a result of an increase in the number of managed tuition payment plans and campus commerce transactions processed.	

Three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Net interest income	$	4	 	 	11	 	 	(7	)  	 	(63.6	)%	 	$	12	 	 	41	 	 	(29	)  	 	(70.7	)%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue	 	12,795	 	 	11,848	 	 	947	 	 	8.0	 	 	 	30,177	 	 	27,386	 	 	2,791	 	 	10.2	 	
Intersegment revenue	 	66	 	 	53	 	 	13	 	 	24.5	 	 	 	131	 	 	110	 	 	21	 	 	19.1	 	
Total other income	 	12,861	 	 	11,901	 	 	960	 	 	8.1	 	 	 	30,308	 	 	27,496	 	 	2,812	 	 	10.2	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	6,594	 	 	6,402	 	 	192	 	 	3.0	 	 	 	13,212	 	 	12,947	 	 	265	 	 	2.0	 	
Other expenses	 	2,611	 	 	2,339	 	 	272	 	 	11.6	 	 	 	5,052	 	 	4,747	 	 	305	 	 	6.4	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	945	 	 	669	 	 	276	 	 	41.3	 	 	 	1,784	 	 	1,292	 	 	492	 	 	38.1	 	
Total operating expenses	 	10,150	 	 	9,410	 	 	740	 	 	7.9	 	 	 	20,048	 	 	18,986	 	 	1,062	 	 	5.6	 	
"Base net income" before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	2,715	 	 	2,502	 	 	213	 	 	8.5	 	 	 	10,272	 	 	8,551	 	 	1,721	 	 	20.1	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(495	)  	 	—	 	 	(495	)  	 	(100.0	)  	 	 	(891	)  	 	—	 	 	(891	)  	 	(100.0	)  	
"Base net income" before income taxes	 	2,220	 	 	2,502	 	 	(282	)  	 	(11.3	)  	 	 	9,381	 	 	8,551	 	 	830	 	 	9.7	 	
Income tax expense	 	(844	)  	 	(951	)  	 	107	 	 	(11.3	)  	 	 	(3,566	)  	 	(3,249	)  	 	(317	)  	 	9.8	 	
"Base net income"	$	1,376	 	 	1,551	 	 	(175	)  	 	(11.3	)%	 	$	5,815	 	 	5,302	 	 	513	 	 	9.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Before Tax Operating Margin (a)	 	21.1	%	 	21.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	33.9	%	 	31.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) Excludes corporate overhead allocation.

Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue . Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue increased in 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 as a result of an increase in the number of managed tuition payment plans as well as an increase in campus commerce transactions processed.

Operating expenses . Operating expenses increased in 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 as a result of incurring additional costs to support the increase in the number of managed tuition payment plans and campus commerce transactions.  In addition, the Company continues to invest in new products and services to meet customer needs and expand product and service offerings.  These investments increased operating expenses in 2010 compared to 2009.

54

ENROLLMENT SERVICES OPERATING SEGMENT – RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Enrollment Services segment offers products and services that are focused on helping colleges recruit and retain students (interactive and list marketing services) and helping students plan and prepare for life after high school (publishing and editing services and resource centers). Interactive marketing products and services include vendor lead management services, admissions lead generation, pay per click marketing management, email marketing, and admissions consulting. Publishing and editing services include test preparation study guides and essay editing services. Resource centers and list marketing products and services include online courses and related services and list marketing services.

Segment Summary of Results

Significant items impacting 2010 operating results include:

 	·	$11.2 million (19%) increase in revenue as a result of an increase in interactive marketing services volume.	

 	·	A decrease in gross profit margin for interactive marketing services due to more competitive pricing.	

 	·	$2.4 million increase in operating expenses due to accelerating the amortization of student list costs in 2010.	

Three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Enrollment services revenue	$	35,403	 	 	 	28,747 	 	 	 	6,656 	 	 	 	23.2	%	 	$	68,674	 	 	 	57,518 	 	 	 	11,156 	 	 	 	19.4	%	
Intersegment revenue	 	14 	 	 	 	277 	 	 	 	(263	)  	 	 	(94.9	)  	 	 	31 	 	 	 	277 	 	 	 	(246	)  	 	 	(88.8	)  	
Total other income	 	35,417 	 	 	 	29,024 	 	 	 	6,393 	 	 	 	22.0 	 	 	 	68,705 	 	 	 	57,795 	 	 	 	10,910 	 	 	 	18.9 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	6,447 	 	 	 	5,863 	 	 	 	584 	 	 	 	10.0 	 	 	 	12,518 	 	 	 	11,958 	 	 	 	560 	 	 	 	4.7 	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	24,111 	 	 	 	18,092 	 	 	 	6,019 	 	 	 	33.3 	 	 	 	46,136 	 	 	 	35,885 	 	 	 	10,251 	 	 	 	28.6 	 	
Other expenses	 	4,065 	 	 	 	3,041 	 	 	 	1,024 	 	 	 	33.7 	 	 	 	9,127 	 	 	 	6,336 	 	 	 	2,791 	 	 	 	44.0 	 	
Intersegment expenses	 	655 	 	 	 	508 	 	 	 	147 	 	 	 	28.9 	 	 	 	1,105 	 	 	 	1,054 	 	 	 	51 	 	 	 	4.8 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	35,278 	 	 	 	27,504 	 	 	 	7,774 	 	 	 	28.3 	 	 	 	68,886 	 	 	 	55,233 	 	 	 	13,653 	 	 	 	24.7 	 	
"Base net (loss) income" before income taxes and corporate overhead allocation	 	139 	 	 	 	1,520 	 	 	 	(1,381	)  	 	 	(90.9	)  	 	 	(181	)  	 	 	2,562 	 	 	 	(2,743	)  	 	 	(107.1	)  	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(495	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(495	)  	 	 	(100.0	)  	 	 	(891	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(891	)  	 	 	(100.0	)  	
"Base net (loss) income" before income taxes	 	(356	)  	 	 	1,520 	 	 	 	(1,876	)  	 	 	(123.4	)  	 	 	(1,072	)  	 	 	2,562 	 	 	 	(3,634	)  	 	 	(141.8	)  	
Income tax benefit (expense)	 	135 	 	 	 	(577	)  	 	 	712 	 	 	 	(123.4	)  	 	 	408 	 	 	 	(973	)  	 	 	1,381 	 	 	 	(141.9	)  	
"Base net (loss) income"	$	(221	)	 	 	943 	 	 	 	(1,164	)  	 	 	(123.4	) %	 	$	(664	)	 	 	1,589 	 	 	 	(2,253	)  	 	 	(141.8	) %	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Before Tax Operating Margin (a)	 	0.4	%	 	 	5.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(0.3	%)	 	 	4.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Before Tax Operating Margin (b)	 	4.5	%	 	 	7.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5.2	%	 	 	6.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

(a) Excludes corporate overhead allocation.

(b) Excludes corporate overhead allocation and list cost amortization expense.

Enrollment services revenue, cost to provide enrollment services, and gross profit.

 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	Publishing	 	 	 	 	 	Resource	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	 	centers	 	 	 	 	
 	Interactive	 	 	editing	 	 	 	 	 	and list	 	 	 	 	
 	marketing (a)	 	 	services (b)	 	 	Subtotal	 	 	marketing (c)	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Enrollment services revenue	$	30,507	 	 	 	1,792	 	 	 	32,299	 	 	 	3,104	 	 	 	35,403	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	23,439	 	 	 	672	 	 	 	24,111	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	$	7,068	 	 	 	1,120	 	 	 	8,188	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit %	 	23.2	%	 	 	62.5	%	 	 	25.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

55

 
 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	 	 	Publishing	 	 	 	 	 	Resource	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	 	centers	 	 	 	 	
 	Interactive	 	 	editing	 	 	 	 	 	and list	 	 	 	 	
 	marketing (a)	 	 	services (b)	 	 	Subtotal	 	 	marketing (c)	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Enrollment services revenue	$	23,345	 	 	 	2,072	 	 	 	25,417	 	 	 	3,330	 	 	 	28,747	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	17,136	 	 	 	956	 	 	 	18,092	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	$	6,209	 	 	 	1,116	 	 	 	7,325	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit %	 	26.6	%	 	 	53.9	%	 	 	28.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Publishing	 	 	 	 	 	 	Resource	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	 	 	centers	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Interactive	 	 	editing	 	 	 	 	 	 	and list	 	 	 	 	 	
 	marketing (a)	 	 	services (b)	 	 	Subtotal	 	 	marketing (c)	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Enrollment services revenue	$	58,274	 	 	 	4,186	 	 	 	62,460	 	 	 	6,214	 	 	 	68,674	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	44,637	 	 	 	1,499	 	 	 	46,136	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	$	13,637	 	 	 	2,687	 	 	 	16,324	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit %	 	23.4	%	 	 	64.2	%	 	 	26.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Publishing	 	 	 	 	 	 	Resource	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	and	 	 	 	 	 	 	centers	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Interactive	 	 	editing	 	 	 	 	 	 	and list	 	 	 	 	 	
 	marketing (a)	 	 	services (b)	 	 	Subtotal	 	 	marketing (c)	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Enrollment services revenue	$	46,258	 	 	 	4,952	 	 	 	51,210	 	 	 	6,308	 	 	 	57,518	 	
Cost to provide enrollment services	 	33,750	 	 	 	2,135	 	 	 	35,885	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	$	12,508	 	 	 	2,817	 	 	 	15,325	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit %	 	27.0	%	 	 	56.9	%	 	 	29.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
 	(a)	Interactive marketing revenue increased $7.2 million (30.7%) and $12.0 million (26.0%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively, as a result of an increase in interactive marketing services volume.  The gross profit margin for interactive marketing services decreased due to more competitive pricing.	

 	(b)	Publishing and editing services revenue decreased $0.3 million (13.5%) and $0.8 million (15.5%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively, due to competition related to online delivery of similar products. The gross profit margin for publishing and editing services increased as a result of a shift in the mix of products sold.	

 	(c)	Resource centers and list marketing revenue decreased $0.2 million (6.8%) and $0.1 million (1.5%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009, respectively.  Resource centers and list marketing revenue decreased due to a decrease in list sales.	

Other expenses .   Other expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 includes $1.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and $3.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of amortization expense related to student list costs. In 2010, the Company began accelerating the amortization of student list costs over a shorter period of time to better reflect the pattern in which the economic benefit of this asset is used to generate revenue.

Operating expenses .   Excluding the cost to provide enrollment services and list amortization expense, operating expenses increased $1.1 million (12.1%) and $1.0 million (5.6%) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same periods in 2009 as a result of incurring additional costs to support the increase in interactive marketing revenue. In addition, the Company continues to invest in new products and services to meet customer needs and expand product and service offerings. These investments increased operating expenses in 2010 compared to 2009.

56

ASSET GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT OPERATING SEGMENT – RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Asset Generation and Management Operating Segment includes the origination, acquisition, management, and ownership of the Company’s student loan assets, which has historically been the Company’s largest product and service offering. The Company generates a substantial portion of its earnings from the spread, referred to as the Company’s student loan spread, between the yield it receives on its student loan portfolio and the costs associated with originating, acquiring, and financing its portfolio. The Company generates student loan assets through direct origination or through acquisitions. The student loan assets are held in a series of education lending subsidiaries designed specifically for this purpose. In addition to the student loan portfolio, all costs and activity associated with the generation of assets, funding and servicing of those assets, and maintenance of the debt transactions are included in this segment.

Segment Summary of Results

Significant items impacting 2010 operating results include:

 	·	Significant tightening of the CP/LIBOR spread which has increased student loan spread.	

 	·	A gain of $18.9 million in 2010 from the purchase of $392.0 million of the Company’s asset-backed securities.	

 	·	The purchase of $1.9 billion of FFELP student loans in the second quarter from various third-parties.	

 	·	Fixed rate floor income of $66.3 million in 2010 (net of settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge student loans earning floor income of $8.1 million) due to historically low interest rates.	

Student Loan Portfolio

The tables below outline the components of the Company’s student loan portfolio:
 
 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	Held for investment	 	 	Held for sale (a)	 	 	Held for investment	 	
Federally insured loans	$	24,408,131	 	 	 	1,970,516 	 	 	 	23,472,553 	 	
Non-federally insured loans	 	137,141 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	163,321 	 	
 	 	24,545,272 	 	 	 	1,970,516 	 	 	 	23,635,874 	 	
Unamortized loan discount/premiums and deferred origination costs, net	 	252,457 	 	 	 	25,353 	 	 	 	341,970 	 	
Allowance for loan losses – federally insured loans	 	(32,972	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(30,102	)  	
Allowance for loan losses – non-federally insured loans	 	(17,825	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(20,785	)  	
 	$	24,746,932	 	 	 	1,995,869 	 	 	 	23,926,957 	 	

 	(a)	2009-2010 Academic Year loans are eligible to be participated and sold to the Department under the Department’s Participation and Purchase Programs.  As of June 30, 2010, these loans are classified as held for sale as they are expected to be sold to the Department under the Department’s Purchase Program during the fourth quarter of 2010.	

Origination and Acquisition

The Company has historically originated and acquired loans through various methods and channels including: (i) direct-to-consumer channel (in which the Company originates student loans directly with student and parent borrowers), (ii) campus-based origination channels, and (iii) spot purchases.

The Company will originate or acquire loans through its campus based channel either directly under one of its brand names or through other originating lenders. In addition to its brands, the Company acquires student loans from lenders to whom the Company provides marketing and/or origination services established through various contracts. Branding partners are lenders for which the Company acts as a marketing agent in specified geographic areas. A forward flow lender is one for whom the Company provides origination services but provides no marketing services or whom simply agrees to sell loans to the Company under forward sale commitments.

57

The following table sets forth the activity of loans originated or acquired through each of the Company’s channels:
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Beginning balance	$	24,551,152	 	 	 	25,274,173 	 	 	 	23,635,874 	 	 	 	25,061,049 	 	
Direct channel - Stafford/PLUS loan originations	 	201,491 	 	 	 	256,844 	 	 	 	788,974 	 	 	 	798,436 	 	
Branding partner channel	 	254,401 	 	 	 	183,258 	 	 	 	539,520 	 	 	 	595,571 	 	
Forward flow channel	 	15,088 	 	 	 	51,044 	 	 	 	107,306 	 	 	 	51,044 	 	
Spot purchases	 	1,928,940 	 	 	 	6,565 	 	 	 	2,514,861 	 	 	 	20,370 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total channel acquisitions	 	2,399,920 	 	 	 	497,711 	 	 	 	3,950,661 	 	 	 	1,465,421 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayments, claims, capitalized interest, participations, and other	 	(309,256	)  	 	 	(370,541	)  	 	 	(800,809	)  	 	 	(936,968	)  	
Consolidation loans lost to external parties	 	(125,024	)  	 	 	(67,071	)  	 	 	(248,902	)  	 	 	(172,589	)  	
Loans sold	 	(1,004	)  	 	 	(34,733	)  	 	 	(21,036	)  	 	 	(117,374	)  	
Ending balance	$	26,515,788	 	 	 	25,299,539 	 	 	 	26,515,788 	 	 	 	25,299,539 	 	

As discussed previously, as a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, the Company will no longer originate first disbursements on any FFELP loans after June 30, 2010.  If a first disbursement has been made prior to July 1, 2010, subsequent disbursements of that loan may still be made under the FFELP.

Due to the legislative changes in the student loan industry, the Company believes there will be opportunities to purchase FFELP loan portfolios on behalf of current FFELP participants looking to modify their involvement in FFELP and/or exit the market. For example, in the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased approximately $1.9 billion of FFELP student loans from various third-parties.

Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents the periodic expense of maintaining an allowance sufficient to absorb losses, net of recoveries, inherent in the portfolio of student loans. An analysis of the Company’s allowance for loan losses is presented in the following table:
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at beginning of period	$	49,400	 	 	 	48,497 	 	 	 	50,887 	 	 	 	50,922 	 	
Provision for loan losses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federally insured loans	 	5,200 	 	 	 	5,000 	 	 	 	9,200 	 	 	 	10,500 	 	
Non-federally insured loans	 	1,000 	 	 	 	3,000 	 	 	 	2,000 	 	 	 	5,000 	 	
Total provision for loan losses	 	6,200 	 	 	 	8,000 	 	 	 	11,200 	 	 	 	15,500 	 	
Charge-offs, net of recoveries:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federally insured loans	 	(4,971	)  	 	 	(4,216	)  	 	 	(9,039	)  	 	 	(7,463	)  	
Non-federally insured loans	 	(2,052	)  	 	 	(981	)  	 	 	(3,181	)  	 	 	(1,639	)  	
Net charge-offs	 	(7,023	)  	 	 	(5,197	)  	 	 	(12,220	)  	 	 	(9,102	)  	
Purchase (sale) of federally insured loans	 	2,000 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,710 	 	 	 	(520	)  	
Purchase (sale) of non-federally insured loans	 	220 	 	 	 	(1,300	)  	 	 	(1,780	)  	 	 	(6,800	)  	
Balance at end of period	$	50,797	 	 	 	50,000 	 	 	 	50,797 	 	 	 	50,000 	 	
Allocation of the allowance for loan losses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federally insured loans	$	32,972	 	 	 	28,093 	 	 	 	32,972 	 	 	 	28,093 	 	
Non-federally insured loans	 	17,825 	 	 	 	21,907 	 	 	 	17,825 	 	 	 	21,907 	 	
Total allowance for loan losses	$	50,797	 	 	 	50,000 	 	 	 	50,797 	 	 	 	50,000 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for federally insured loans as a percentage of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
such loans (excluding loans held-for-sale)	 	0.14	%	 	 	0.12	%	 	 	0.14	%	 	 	0.12	%	
Allowance for non-federally insured loans as a percentage of such loans	 	13.00	%	 	 	10.91	%	 	 	13.00	%	 	 	10.91	%	
 
As of June 30, 2010, the Company has participated $114.5 million of non-federally insured loans to third parties, including $20.0 million and $1.0 million participated during the first and second quarters of 2010, respectively.  Loans participated under these agreements have been accounted for by the Company as loan sales. Accordingly, the participation interests sold are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

58

Per the terms of the servicing agreements, the Company’s servicing operations are obligated to repurchase loans subject to the participation interests in the event such loans become 60 or 90 days delinquent.  The activity in the accrual account related to this repurchase obligation, which is included in “other liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, is detailed below.
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Beginning balance	$	12,600	 	 	 	5,500	 	 	 	10,600	 	 	 	—	 	
Transfer from allowance for loan losses	 	—	 	 	 	1,300	 	 	 	2,000	 	 	 	6,800	 	
Reserve for repurchase of delinquent loans (a)	 	—	 	 	 	800	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	800	 	
Ending balance	$	12,600	 	 	 	7,600	 	 	 	12,600	 	 	 	7,600	 	
 
 	(a)	The reserve for repurchase of delinquent loans is included in “other” under other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income.	

Delinquencies have the potential to adversely impact the Company’s earnings through increased servicing and collection costs and account charge-offs.  The table below shows the Company’s student loan delinquency amounts:
 
 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	Dollars	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollars	 	 	Percent	 	
Federally Insured Loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans in-school/grace/deferment (a)	$	6,854,232	 	 	 	 	 	$	5,783,648	 	 	 	 	
Loans in forebearance (b)	 	3,069,770	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,495,672	 	 	 	 	
Loans in repayment status:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans current	 	14,189,923	 	 	 	86.2	%	 	 	13,038,428	 	 	 	85.8	%	
Loans delinquent 31-60 days (c)	 	704,806	 	 	 	4.3	 	 	 	691,232	 	 	 	4.5	 	
Loans delinquent 61-90 days (c)	 	432,215	 	 	 	2.6	 	 	 	314,265	 	 	 	2.1	 	
Loans delinquent 91 days or greater (d)	 	1,127,701	 	 	 	6.9	 	 	 	1,149,308	 	 	 	7.6	 	
Total loans in repayment	 	16,454,645	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	15,193,233	 	 	 	100.0	%	
Total federally insured loans	$	26,378,647	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	23,472,553	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-Federally Insured Loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans in-school/grace/deferment (a)	$	24,617	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	34,815	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans in forebearance (b)	 	1,634	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,919	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans in repayment status:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loans current	 	104,204	 	 	 	94.0	%	 	 	118,761	 	 	 	93.8	%	
Loans delinquent 31-60 days (c)	 	2,149	 	 	 	1.9	 	 	 	3,023	 	 	 	2.4	 	
Loans delinquent 61-90 days (c)	 	1,719	 	 	 	1.6	 	 	 	1,559	 	 	 	1.2	 	
Loans delinquent 91 days or greater (d)	 	2,818	 	 	 	2.5	 	 	 	3,244	 	 	 	2.6	 	
Total loans in repayment	 	110,890	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	126,587	 	 	 	100.0	%	
Total non-federally insured loans	$	137,141	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	163,321	 	 	 	 	 	
 
 	(a)	Loans for borrowers who still may be attending school or engaging in other permitted educational activities and are not yet required to make payments on the loans, e.g. , residency periods for medical students or a grace period for bar exam preparation for law students.	

 	(b)	Loans for borrowers who have temporarily ceased making full payments due to hardship or other factors, according to a schedule approved by the servicer consistent with the established loan program servicing procedures and policies.	

 	(c)	The period of delinquency is based on the number of days scheduled payments are contractually past due and relate to repayment loans, that is, receivables not charged off, and not in school, grace, deferment, or forbearance.	

 	(d)	Loans delinquent 91 days or greater include loans in claim status, which are loans that have gone into default and have been submitted to the guaranty agency for FFELP loans, or, if applicable, the insurer for non-federally insured loans, to process the claim for payment.	

59

Student Loan Spread Analysis

The following table analyzes the student loan spread on the Company’s portfolio of student loans and represents the spread on assets earned in conjunction with the liabilities and derivative instruments used to fund the assets:
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Variable student loan yield	 	2.72	%	 	 	2.94	%	 	 	2.64	%	 	 	3.10	%	
Consolidation rebate fees	 	(0.67	)  	 	 	(0.70	)  	 	 	(0.69	)  	 	 	(0.71	)  	
Premium/discount and deferred origination costs amortization	 	(0.19	)  	 	 	(0.27	)  	 	 	(0.23	)  	 	 	(0.28	)  	
Variable student loan net yield	 	1.86 	 	 	 	1.97 	 	 	 	1.72 	 	 	 	2.11 	 	
Student loan cost of funds - interest expense	 	(0.81	)  	 	 	(1.52	)  	 	 	(0.78	)  	 	 	(1.84	)  	
Student loan cost of funds - derivative settlements	 	0.01 	 	 	 	0.15 	 	 	 	0.02 	 	 	 	0.27 	 	
Variable student loan spread	 	1.06 	 	 	 	0.60 	 	 	 	0.96 	 	 	 	0.54 	 	
Variable rate floor income,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
net of settlements on derivatives	 	—	 	 	 	(0.10	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.06	)  	
Fixed rate floor income,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
net of settlements on derivatives	 	0.48 	 	 	 	0.59 	 	 	 	0.53 	 	 	 	0.54 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Core student loan spread	 	1.54	%	 	 	1.09	%	 	 	1.49	%	 	 	1.02	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average balance of student loans	$	25,931,220	 	 	 	25,123,382 	 	 	 	25,006,012 	 	 	 	25,194,642 	 	
Average balance of debt outstanding	 	26,124,574 	 	 	 	25,683,991 	 	 	 	25,166,222 	 	 	 	25,723,916 	 	

The Company’s variable student loan spread has increased primarily due to the following items:

 	·	The tightening of the CP/LIBOR spread.  Historically, the movement of the various interest rate indices received on the Company’s student loan assets, primarily three-month commercial paper, and paid on the debt to fund such loans, primarily LIBOR, was highly correlated.  The short-term movement of these indices was dislocated beginning in August 2007 which negatively impacted the Company’s net interest income during the first six months of 2009.  Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009, the CP/LIBOR spread began to tighten to more historical levels, which has had a positive impact on spread.  The CP/LIBOR spread during the first and second quarters of 2010 was 5 and 2 basis points compared with 52 and 45 basis points for the same periods in 2009, respectively.	

 	·	A decrease in the amortization of loan premiums/discounts and deferred origination costs as a result of loans purchased at a discount, which has reduced the net costs being amortized.	

The increase in core student loan spread was offset by a decrease in fixed rate floor income, net of settlements on derivatives.  During the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loan interest income includes $31.1 million (net of settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge student loans earning floor income of $4.3 million) and $37.1 million, respectively, of fixed rate floor income.  During the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loan interest income includes $66.3 million (net of settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge student loans earning floor income of $8.1 million) and $67.3 million, respectively, of fixed rate floor income. The high levels of fixed rate floor income earned during 2009 and 2010 are due to historically low interest rates.

60

Three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Net interest income after provision	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
for loan losses	$	95,396	 	 	 	49,895	 	 	 	45,501	 	 	 	91.2	%	 	$	180,002	 	 	 	76,388	 	 	 	103,614	 	 	 	135.6	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income	 	4,636	 	 	 	4,219	 	 	 	417	 	 	 	9.9	 	 	 	9,404	 	 	 	8,870	 	 	 	534	 	 	 	6.0	 	
Gain (loss) on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net	 	8,759	 	 	 	(174	)  	 	 	8,933	 	 	 	(5,133.9	)  	 	 	18,936	 	 	 	(380	)  	 	 	19,316	 	 	 	(5,083.2	)  	
Derivative settlements, net	 	(3,377	)  	 	 	9,535	 	 	 	(12,912	)  	 	 	(135.4	)  	 	 	(5,800	)  	 	 	33,893	 	 	 	(39,693	)  	 	 	(117.1	)  	
Total other income	 	10,018	 	 	 	13,580	 	 	 	(3,562	)  	 	 	(26.2	)  	 	 	22,540	 	 	 	42,383	 	 	 	(19,843	)  	 	 	(46.8	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	1,286	 	 	 	1,735	 	 	 	(449	)  	 	 	(25.9	)  	 	 	2,644	 	 	 	3,510	 	 	 	(866	)  	 	 	(24.7	)  	
Other expenses	 	2,992	 	 	 	5,875	 	 	 	(2,883	)  	 	 	(49.1	)  	 	 	7,213	 	 	 	10,834	 	 	 	(3,621	)  	 	 	(33.4	)  	
Intersegment expenses	 	21,891	 	 	 	20,732	 	 	 	1,159	 	 	 	5.6	 	 	 	42,716	 	 	 	38,608	 	 	 	4,108	 	 	 	10.6	 	
Total operating expenses	 	26,169	 	 	 	28,342	 	 	 	(2,173	)  	 	 	(7.7	)  	 	 	52,573	 	 	 	52,952	 	 	 	(379	)  	 	 	(0.7	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
"Base net income" before income taxes	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
and corporate overhead allocation	 	79,245	 	 	 	35,133	 	 	 	44,112	 	 	 	125.6	 	 	 	149,969	 	 	 	65,819	 	 	 	84,150	 	 	 	127.9	 	
Corporate overhead allocation	 	(2,473	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,473	)  	 	 	(100.0	)  	 	 	(4,454	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4,454	)  	 	 	(100.0	)  	
"Base net income" before income taxes	 	76,772	 	 	 	35,133	 	 	 	41,639	 	 	 	118.5	 	 	 	145,515	 	 	 	65,819	 	 	 	79,696	 	 	 	121.1	 	
Income tax expense	 	(29,173	)  	 	 	(13,351	)  	 	 	(15,822	)  	 	 	118.5	 	 	 	(55,296	)  	 	 	(25,012	)  	 	 	(30,284	)  	 	 	121.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
"Base net income"	$	47,599	 	 	 	21,782	 	 	 	25,817	 	 	 	118.5	%	 	$	90,219	 	 	 	40,807	 	 	 	49,412	 	 	 	121.1	%	

Net interest income after provision for loan losses (net of settlements on derivatives) .
 
 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Change	 	
 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Student loan interest, net of settlements	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
on derivatives (a)	$	176,686	 	 	187,467	 	 	(10,781	)  	 	(5.8	) %	 	$	332,490	 	 	414,126	 	 	(81,636	)  	 	(19.7	) %	
Consolidation rebate fees (b)	 	(43,215	)  	 	(43,827	)  	 	612	 	 	(1.4	)  	 	 	(85,665	)  	 	(88,304	)  	 	2,639	 	 	(3.0	)  	
Amortization of loan premiums/discounts and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
deferred origination costs (c)	 	(12,548	)  	 	(16,789	)  	 	4,241	 	 	(25.3	)  	 	 	(28,630	)  	 	(35,439	)  	 	6,809	 	 	(19.2	)  	
Interest on bonds and notes payable (d)	 	(53,118	)  	 	(97,916	)  	 	44,798	 	 	(45.8	)  	 	 	(97,860	)  	 	(235,949	)  	 	138,089	 	 	(58.5	)  	
Student loan interest margin, net of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
settlements on derivatives	 	67,805	 	 	28,935	 	 	38,870	 	 	134.3	 	 	 	120,335	 	 	54,434	 	 	65,901	 	 	121.1	 	
Fixed rate floor income, net of settlements	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
on derivatives (e)	 	31,054	 	 	37,054	 	 	(6,000	)  	 	(16.2	)  	 	 	66,325	 	 	67,339	 	 	(1,014	)  	 	(1.5	)  	
Investment interest (f)	 	347	 	 	1,863	 	 	(1,516	)  	 	(81.4	)  	 	 	642	 	 	4,991	 	 	(4,349	)  	 	(87.1	)  	
Intercompany interest	 	(987	)  	 	(422	)  	 	(565	)  	 	133.9	 	 	 	(1,900	)  	 	(983	)  	 	(917	)  	 	93.3	 	
Provision for loan losses (g)	 	(6,200	)  	 	(8,000	)  	 	1,800	 	 	(22.5	)  	 	 	(11,200	)  	 	(15,500	)  	 	4,300	 	 	(27.7	)  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest income after provision for loan	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
losses (net of settlements on derivatives (h) )	$	92,019	 	 	59,430	 	 	32,589	 	 	54.8	%	 	$	174,202	 	 	110,281	 	 	63,921	 	 	58.0	%	
`
 	(a)	Student loan interest, net of settlements on derivatives, decreased as a result of a decrease in the yield earned on student loans to 2.72% and 2.64% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, compared with 2.84% and 3.04% for the same periods in 2009 due to lower interest rates.	

 	(b)	Consolidation rebate fees decreased due to the $50.0 million (0.3%) and $302.0 million (1.8%) decrease in the average consolidation portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2009.	

 	(c)	The amortization of loan premiums/discounts and deferred origination costs decreased as a result of loans purchased at a discount which has reduced the net costs being amortized.	

 	(d)	Interest expense decreased as a result of a decrease in interest rates on the Company’s variable rate debt which lowered the Company’s cost of funds (excluding net derivative settlements) to 0.81% and 0.78% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, compared with 1.52% and 1.84% for the same periods in 2009.	

 	(e)	Depending on the type of loan and when it was originated, the borrower rate on student loans is either fixed to term or is reset to an annual rate each July 1. As a result, for loans where the borrower rate is fixed to term, the Company may earn floor income for an extended period of time, which the Company refers to as fixed rate floor income.  During the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loan interest income includes $31.1 million (net of settlements on derivatives of $4.3 million) and $37.1 million, respectively, of fixed rate floor.  During the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loan interest income includes $66.3 million (net of settlements on derivatives of $8.1 million) and $67.3 million, respectively, of fixed rate floor. The high levels of fixed rate floor income earned during 2009 and 2010 are due to historically low interest rates.	

61

 
 	(f)	Investment income decreased as a result of lower interest rates and a decrease in average cash held for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009.	

 	(g)	The provision for loan losses represents the periodic expense of maintaining an allowance sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the Company's portfolio of loans.  The provision for loan losses recognized by the Company was larger during the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 compared with the same periods in 2010, primarily due to the provision related to the Company's non-federally insured student loan portfolio.  During 2009, the Company increased its allowance for non-federally insured loans due to management's projected performance of the portfolio in light of economic conditions.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company's non-federally insured student loan portfolio, including those loans in repayment and loans delinquent, decreased from the same period a year ago.   The Company believes these items, as well as continued aging of the portfolio, decreased the need to record additional provision expense related to the Company's non-federally insured portfolio.	

 	(h)	The Company maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce the economic effect of interest rate volatility. Management has structured the majority of the Company’s derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective; however, the Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Derivative settlements for each applicable period should be evaluated with the Company’s net interest income.	

Gain (loss) on sale of loans and debt repurchases, net .  During the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company purchased $117.8 million and $392.0 million, respectively of its asset-backed securities resulting in gains of $8.8 million and $18.9 million, respectively.  During the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, the Company sold $20 million (par value) and $40 million (par value) of federally insured student loans to Union Bank, an entity under common control, resulting in the recognition of a losses of $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Salaries and benefits and other expenses .   “Salaries and benefits” and “other expenses” decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 as a result of continued focus by the Company on managing costs and gaining efficiencies and continued benefits from restructuring activities.

Intersegment expenses .   Intersegment expenses increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared with the same periods in 2009 due to additional fees paid to the Student Loan and Guaranty Servicing operating segment.  These additional fees relate to an increase in servicing fees.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company’s fee generating businesses are non-capital intensive and all produce positive operating cash flows. As such, a minimal amount of debt and equity capital is allocated to the fee-based segments and any liquidity or capital needs are satisfied using cash flow from operations. Therefore, the Liquidity and Capital Resources discussion is concentrated on the Company’s liquidity and capital needs to meet existing debt obligations, primarily unsecured corporate debt and debt facilities in the Asset Generation and Management operating segment, and fund new FFELP student loan originations and acquisitions from third parties.

The Company may issue equity and debt securities in the future in order to improve capital, increase liquidity, refinance upcoming maturities, or provide for general corporate purposes. Moreover, the Company may from time-to-time repurchase certain amounts of its outstanding secured and unsecured debt securities, including debt securities which the Company may issue in the future, for cash and/or through exchanges for other securities. Such repurchases or exchanges may be made in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. Any such repurchases or exchanges will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, compliance with securities laws, and other factors. The amounts involved in any such transactions may be material.

The Company has historically utilized operating cash flow, secured financing transactions (which include warehouse facilities and asset-backed securitizations), operating lines of credit, and other borrowing arrangements to fund its Asset Generation and Management operations and student loan acquisitions. In addition, the Company has used operating cash flow, borrowings on its unsecured line of credit, and unsecured debt offerings to fund corporate activities, business acquisitions, and repurchases of common stock.  The Company has also used its common stock to partially fund certain business acquisitions. The Company has a universal shelf registration statement with the SEC which allows the Company to sell up to $825.0 million of securities that may consist of common stock, preferred stock, unsecured debt securities, warrants, stock purchase contracts, and stock purchase units. The terms of any securities are established at the time of the offering.

62

The following table summarizes the Company’s debt obligations as of June 30, 2010.
 
 	Carrying	 	 	Interest rate	 	 	
 	amount	 	 	range	 	Final maturity	
Asset Generation and Management:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes issued in asset-backed securitizations	$	21,590,024	 	 	 	0.30% - 6.90%	 	05/01/11 - 11/25/43	
Department of Education Participation	 	1,949,130	 	 	 	0.71%	 	10/15/10	
FFELP warehouse facility	 	63,367	 	 	 	0.33% - 0.48%	 	07/29/13	
Department of Education Conduit	 	2,910,565	 	 	 	0.38%	 	05/08/14	
Other borrowings	 	25,936	 	 	 	0.35% - 5.10%	 	11/14/10 - 11/01/15	
 	 	26,539,022	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unsecured Corporate Debt:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unsecured line of credit	 	691,500	 	 	 	0.85%	 	05/08/12	
Junior Subordinated Hybrid securities	 	198,250	 	 	 	7.40%	 	09/15/61	
 	 	889,750	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	$	27,428,772	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Liquidity Needs

The Company has three primary liquidity needs:

·	Satisfy unsecured debt obligations, specifically its unsecured line of credit	
·	Satisfy debt obligations secured by student loan assets and related collateral	
·	Fund 2009-2010 academic year FFELP Stafford and PLUS loan originations and FFELP student loan acquisitions from third parties	

Liquidity Needs and Sources of Liquidity Available to Satisfy Unsecured Debt Obligations

Excluding the Junior Subordinated Hybrid securities (which have a maturity in 2061), the Company has the following unsecured debt obligations outstanding:
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	
Unsecured Corporate Debt:	 	 	 	
Unsecured line of credit - due May 2012	 	$	691,500	 	

Sources of liquidity currently available

The following table details the Company’s sources of liquidity currently available:
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	
Sources of primary liquidity:	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	274,761	 	
Investments - trading securities	 	 	31,017	 	
Unencumbered FFELP student loan assets	 	 	1,654	 	
Unencumbered private student loan assets	 	 	127,141	 	
Asset-backed security investments - Class B subordinated notes (a)	 	 	77,000	 	
Asset-backed security investments (b)	 	 	187,625	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Total sources of primary liquidity	 	$	699,198	 	
 
 	(a)	As part of the Company’s issuance of asset-backed securitizations in March 2008 and May 2008, due to credit market conditions when these notes were issued, the Company purchased the Class B subordinated notes of $36 million (par value) and $41 million (par value), respectively. These notes are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. If the credit market conditions continue to improve, the Company anticipates selling these notes to third parties. Upon a sale to third parties, the Company would obtain cash proceeds equal to the market value of the notes on the date of such sale. The amount included in the table above is the par value of these subordinated notes and may not represent market value upon sale of the notes.	

 	(b)	To date, the Company has repurchased $740.2 million of its own asset-backed securities (bonds and notes payable).  For accounting purposes, these notes were effectively retired and are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  However, $187.6 million of these securities are legally outstanding at the trust level and the Company could sell these notes to third parties or redeem the notes at par as cash is generated by the trust estate.  Upon a sale to third parties, the Company would obtain cash proceeds equal to the market value of the notes on the date of such sale.  The amount included in the table above is the par value of these notes and may not represent market value upon sale of the notes.	

63

 
Cash generated from operations

In addition to current sources of liquidity, the Company plans to use cash generated from operations to satisfy its unsecured debt obligations.  The Company has historically generated positive cash flow from operations.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had net cash flow from operating activities of $92.4 million (excluding $31.0 million in cash used to purchase trading securities) and $324.7 million, respectively.

Cash generated from loan sales

The Company will also generate significant cash during the fourth quarter of 2010 when it sells loans to the Department. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $2.0 billion of FFELP loans classified as held for sale.  These loans are funded using the Department’s Participation Program and are expected to be sold to the Department under the Purchase Program. Upon selling the $2.0 billion in loans held for sale, the Company expects to receive cash proceeds of approximately $100 million to $110 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $30 million to $33 million.

Liquidity Needs and Sources of Liquidity Available to Satisfy Debt Obligations Secured by Student Loan Assets and Related Collateral

The Company had the following debt obligations outstanding that are secured by student loan assets and related collateral.
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	
 	 	Carrying	 	 	
 	 	amount	 	Final maturity	
Asset Generation and Management:	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes issued in asset-backed securitizations	 	$	21,590,024	 	05/01/11 - 11/25/43	
Department of Education Participation	 	 	1,949,130	 	10/15/10	
FFELP warehouse facility	 	 	63,367	 	07/29/13	
Department of Education Conduit	 	 	2,910,565	 	05/08/14	
Other borrowings	 	 	25,936	 	11/14/10 - 11/01/15	
 	 	$	26,539,022	 	 	

Bonds and notes issued in asset-backed securitizations

The majority of the Company’s portfolio of student loans is funded in asset-backed securitizations that are structured to substantially match the maturity of the funded assets, thereby minimizing liquidity risk. In addition, due to (i) the difference between the yield the Company receives on the loans and cost of financing within these transactions, and (ii) the excess servicing and administration fees the Company earns from these transactions, the Company has created a portfolio that will generate earnings and significant cash flow over the life of these transactions.

As of June 30, 2010, based on cash flow models developed to reflect management’s current estimate of, among other factors, prepayments, defaults, deferment, forbearance, and interest rates, the Company currently expects future undiscounted cash flows from its portfolio to be approximately $1.58 billion as detailed below.

The forecasted cash flow presented below includes all loans currently funded in asset-backed securitizations.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $21.5 billion of loans included in asset-backed securitizations which represented 88 percent of its total FFELP student loan portfolio classified as held for investment.  The forecasted cash flow does not include cash flows that the Company expects to receive related to loans funded through the Department of Education’s Conduit and Loan Participation and Purchase Programs and other warehouse facilities or loans originated and/or acquired subsequent to June 30, 2010.

The Company expects the future cash flows shown below would correspond to earnings when excluding the amortization of loan premiums/discounts and deferred origination costs, potential derivative activity used by the Company to hedge the portfolio, and other portfolio management and administrative costs. Because the Company does not use gain-on-sale accounting when issuing asset-backed securitizations, the future earnings of these transactions are not yet reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

64

The increase in the Company’s expected portfolio cash flows from December 31, 2009 (which was $1.43 billion) is due to completing additional asset-backed securitizations during 2010 and favorable changes in forward interest rates, offset by cash received during the first two quarters of 2010.

 
 	(a)	The Company uses various assumptions, including prepayments and future interest rates, when preparing its cash flow forecast.  These assumptions are further discussed below.	
 
Prepayments :  The primary variable in establishing a life of loan estimate is the level and timing of prepayments. Prepayments equal the percentage of loans that prepay annually as a percentage of the beginning of period balance, net of scheduled principal payments.  A number of factors can affect the prepayment estimate, including the level of consolidation activity and default rates.  Should any of these factors change, management may revise its assumptions which in turn would impact the projected future cash flow. The Company’s cash flow forecast above assumes prepayments that are generally consistent with those utilized in recent asset-backed securities transactions. If management used a prepayment assumption two times greater than what was used to forecast the cash flow, the cash flow forecast is reduced by approximately $320 million to $400 million.
 
Interest rates :  The Company funds the majority of its student loans with three-month LIBOR (“LIBOR”) indexed floating rate securities.  Meanwhile, the interest earned on the Company’s student loan assets are indexed primarily to a commercial paper rate (“CP”).  The different interest rate characteristics of the Company’s loan assets and liabilities funding these assets results in basis risk.  The Company’s cash flow forecast assumes LIBOR will exceed CP by 12 basis points for the life of the portfolio, which approximates the historical relationship between these indexes.  If the forecast is performed assuming a spread of 24 basis points between CP and LIBOR for the life of the portfolio, the cash flow forecast is reduced by approximately $100 million to $150 million.

The Company uses the current forward interest rate yield curve to forecast cash flows.  A change in the forward interest rate curve would impact the future cash flows generated from the portfolio.  An increase in future interest rates will reduce the amount of fixed rate floor income the Company is currently receiving.  The Company attempts to mitigate the impact of a rise in short-term rates by hedging interest rate risks. See Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk.”

Department of Education Participation / FFELP Warehouse Facility

The Department of Education Participation and FFELP warehouse facility are further discussed below under “Sources of Liquidity Available to Fund 2009-2010 Academic Year FFELP Stafford and PLUS Loan Originations and FFELP Student Loan Acquisitions from Third Parties.”

65

Department of Education Conduit

In January 2009, the Department published summary terms for its program under which it will finance eligible FFELP Stafford and PLUS loans in a conduit vehicle established to provide funding for student lenders (the “Conduit Program”).  Loans eligible for the Conduit Program had to be first disbursed on or after October 1, 2003, but not later than June 30, 2009, and fully disbursed before September 30, 2009, and meet certain other requirements. Beginning July 1, 2010, no additional loans can be funded using the Conduit Program. Funding for the Conduit Program is provided by the capital markets at a cost based on market rates, with the Company being advanced 97 percent of the student loan face amount. Excess amounts needed to fund the remaining 3 percent of the student loan balances are contributed by the Company. The Conduit Program has a term of five years and expires on May 8, 2014. The Student Loan Short-Term Notes (“Student Loan Notes”) issued by the Conduit Program are supported by a combination of  (i) notes backed by FFELP loans, (ii) a liquidity agreement with the Federal Financing Bank, and (iii) a put agreement provided by the Department.  If the conduit does not have sufficient funds to pay all Student Loan Notes, then those Student Loan Notes will be repaid with funds from the Federal Financing Bank.  The Federal Financing Bank will hold the notes for a short period of time and, if at the end of that time, the Student Loan Notes still cannot be paid off, the underlying FFELP loans that serve as collateral to the Conduit Program will be sold to the Department through a put agreement at a price of 97 percent of the face amount of the loans.  The Company expects to access the securitization market prior to the Conduit Program’s maturity to refinance the student loan collateral included in the Conduit with debt that is structured to match the maturity of the assets.

Sources of Liquidity Available to Fund 2009-2010 Academic Year FFELP Stafford and PLUS Loan Originations and FFELP Student Loan Acquisitions from Third Parties

2009-2010 Academic Year Loans

The Company has reliable sources of liquidity available for new FFELP Stafford and PLUS loan originations for the 2009-2010 academic year under the Department’s Participation and Purchase Programs. As a result of the Reconciliation Act of 2010, the Company will not originate new (first disbursement) FFELP loans after June 30, 2010. However, if a first disbursement has been made by the Company prior to July 1, 2010, subsequent disbursements of that loan may still be made by the Company under the FFEL Program. The Company plans to fund all remaining 2009-2010 academic year loan disbursements using the Participation and Purchase Programs.  These programs are described in further detail below.

Third-party Loan Purchases

The Company plans to fund FFELP student loan acquisitions from third parties using its agreement with Union Bank, as trustee for various grantor trusts, under which Union Bank has agreed to purchase from the Company participation interests in student loans; using its FFELP warehouse facility; and continuing to access the asset-backed securities market. These financing sources are further discussed below.

Department of Education’s Loan Participation and Purchase Commitment Programs

In August 2008, the Department implemented the Purchase and Participation Programs pursuant to ECASLA. Under the Participation Program, the Department provides interim short term liquidity to FFELP lenders by purchasing participation interests in pools of FFELP loans. FFELP lenders are charged a rate of commercial paper plus 50 basis points on the principal amount of participation interests outstanding. Loans funded under the Participation Program for the 2009-2010 academic year must be either refinanced by the lender by September 30, 2009 or sold to the Department pursuant to the Purchase Program on or prior to October 15, 2010.

As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $1.9 billion borrowed under the Participation Program. The Company plans to sell the FFELP loans funded under the Participation Program to the Department using the Department’s Purchase Program during the fourth quarter of 2010 resulting in an estimated pre-tax gain of $30 million to $33 million.

Union Bank Participation Agreement

The Company maintains an agreement with Union Bank, as trustee for various grantor trusts, under which Union Bank has agreed to purchase from the Company participation interests in student loans (the “FFELP Participation Agreement”). The Company has the option to purchase the participation interests from the grantor trusts at the end of a 364-day period upon termination of the participation certificate. As of June 30, 2010, $647.9 million of loans were subject to outstanding participation interests held by Union Bank, as trustee, under this agreement. The agreement automatically renews annually and is terminable by either party upon five business days notice. This agreement provides beneficiaries of Union Bank’s grantor trusts with access to investments in interests in student loans, while providing liquidity to the Company on a short term basis. The Company can participate loans to Union Bank to the extent of availability under the grantor trusts, up to $750 million or an amount in excess of $750 million if mutually agreed to by both parties.  Loans participated under this agreement have been accounted for by the Company as loan sales.  Accordingly, the participation interests sold are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

66

FFELP Warehouse Facility

On July 30, 2010, the Company renewed its 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility. The 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility has a maximum financing amount of $500.0 million, with a revolving financing structure supported by 364-day liquidity provisions, which expire on July 29, 2011. The final maturity date of the facility is July 29, 2013. In the event the Company is unable to renew the liquidity provisions by July 29, 2011, the facility would become a term facility at a stepped-up cost, with no additional student loans being eligible for financing, and the Company would be required to refinance the existing loans in the facility by July 29, 2013.

The 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility provides for formula based advance rates depending on FFELP loan type up to a maximum of 85 percent to 98 percent of the principal and interest financed. The advance rates for collateral may increase or decrease based on market conditions, but they are subject to a minimum advance of 75 to 80 percent based on loan type. The facility contains financial covenants relating to levels of the Company’s consolidated net worth, ratio of adjusted EBITDA to corporate debt interest, and unencumbered cash. Any violation of these covenants could result in a requirement for the immediate repayment of any outstanding borrowings under the facility. As of June 30, 2010, $63.4 million was outstanding under the FFELP warehouse facility and $436.6 million was available for future use. Upon termination or expiration of the facility, the Company would expect to access the securitization market, use operating cash, rely on sale of assets, or transfer collateral to satisfy any remaining obligations.

Asset-backed securities transactions

Depending on market conditions, the Company anticipates continuing to access the asset-backed securities market.  Asset-backed securities transactions would be used to refinance student loans included in the FFELP warehouse facility, the Department of Education Conduit facility, and/or existing asset-backed security transactions.  The FFELP warehouse facility and Department Conduit facility have advance rates that are less than par.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company had approximately $4.5 million advanced in operating cash for the FFELP warehouse facility and $78.6 million advanced in operating cash for the Department Conduit facility.  Depending on the terms of asset-backed security transactions, refinancing loans included in these facilities could produce positive cash flow to the Company by reducing required advance rates and are contemplated by management when making student loan financing decisions.

During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company completed asset-backed securities transactions totaling $1.2 billion. Subsequent to June 30, 2010, on August 3, 2010, the Company completed an asset-backed securities transaction of $378.3 million. The Company used the proceeds from the sale of these notes to purchase student loans, including loans previously financed in other asset-backed securitizations and the FFELP warehouse facility.

Description of Other Debt Facilities

Unsecured Line of Credit

The Company has a $750.0 million unsecured line of credit that terminates in May 2012. As of June 30, 2010, there was $691.5 million outstanding on this line. The weighted average interest rate on this line of credit was 0.85% as of June 30, 2010. Upon termination in 2012, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain this line of credit, find alternative funding, or increase the amount outstanding under the line, if necessary.  The lending commitment under the Company’s unsecured line of credit is provided by a total of thirteen banks, with no individual bank representing more than 11% of the total lending commitment. The bank lending group includes Lehman Brothers Bank, a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., which represents approximately 7% of the lending commitment under the line of credit. On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Company does not expect Lehman to fund future borrowing requests. As of June 30, 2010, excluding Lehman’s lending commitment, the Company had $51.2 million available for future use under its unsecured line of credit.

The line of credit agreement contains certain financial covenants that, if not met, lead to an event of default under the agreement. The covenants include maintaining:

 	·	A minimum consolidated net worth	

 	·	A minimum adjusted EBITDA to corporate debt interest (over the last four rolling quarters)	

 	·	A limitation on subsidiary indebtedness	

 	·	A limitation on the percentage of non-guaranteed loans in the Company’s portfolio	

As of June 30, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of these requirements. Many of these covenants are duplicated in the Company’s other lending facilities, including its FFELP warehouse facilities.

67

A default on the 2009/2010 FFELP Warehouse Facility would result in an event of default on the Company’s unsecured line of credit that would result in the outstanding balance on the line of credit becoming immediately due and payable.

The Company’s operating line of credit does not have any covenants related to unsecured debt ratings. However, changes in the Company’s ratings (as well as the amounts the Company borrows) have modest implications on the pricing level at which the Company obtains funding.

Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities

In September 2006, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Junior Subordinated Hybrid Securities (“Hybrid Securities”). The Hybrid Securities are unsecured obligations of the Company. The interest rate on the Hybrid Securities from the date they were issued through the optional redemption date, September 28, 2011, is 7.40%, payable semi-annually. Beginning September 29, 2011 through September 29, 2036, the “scheduled maturity date”, the interest rate on the Hybrid Securities will be equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.375%, payable quarterly. The principal amount of the Hybrid Securities will become due on the scheduled maturity date only to the extent that the Company has received proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying capital securities prior to such date (as defined in the Hybrid Securities’ prospectus). If any amount is not paid on the scheduled maturity date, it will remain outstanding and bear interest at a floating rate as defined in the prospectus, payable monthly. On September 15, 2061, the Company must pay any remaining principal and interest on the Hybrid Securities in full whether or not the Company has sold qualifying capital securities. At the Company’s option, the Hybrid Securities are redeemable in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the redemption price described in the prospectus supplement.

Debt Repurchases

Due to the Company’s improved cash position, the Company repurchased debt during 2010.  During the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company purchased $117.8 million and $392.0 million, respectively, of its asset-backed securities, resulting in gains of $8.8 million and $18.9 million, respectively.  Gains recorded by the Company from the purchase of debt are included in “gain (loss) on the sale of loans and debt repurchases, net” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Stock Repurchases

During 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to repurchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. During the three month period ended June 30, 2010, the Company repurchased and retired 663,443 shares of Class A common stock for $12.8 million (average price of $19.33 per share) under the authority of this plan. As of June 30, 2010, 4,171,142 shares may still be purchased under the plan. The plan has an expiration date of May 24, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

The Company’s contractual obligations were as follows:

 	As of June 30, 2010	 	
 	Total	 	 	Less than 1 year	 	 	1 to 3 years	 	 	3 to 5 years	 	 	More than 5 years	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bonds and notes payable	$	27,428,772	 	 	 	2,016,927	 	 	 	754,867	 	 	 	3,174,988	 	 	 	21,481,990	 	
Operating lease obligations (a)	 	18,783	 	 	 	5,906	 	 	 	9,112	 	 	 	3,761	 	 	 	4	 	
Other	 	11,035	 	 	 	11,035	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Total	$	27,458,590	 	 	 	2,033,868	 	 	 	763,979	 	 	 	3,178,749	 	 	 	21,481,994	 	
 
 	(a)	The Company is committed under noncancelable operating leases for certain office and warehouse space and equipment.  Operating lease obligations are presented net of approximately $2.4 million in sublease arrangements.	

As of June 30, 2010, the Company had a reserve of $7.0 million for uncertain income tax positions (including the federal benefit received from state positions and accrued interest).  This obligation is not included in the above table as the timing and resolution of the income tax positions cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

The Company has an obligation to purchase $11.0 million of non-federally insured loans from an unrelated financial institution in the third quarter of 2010. This obligation is included in “other” in the above table.

To date, the Company has participated $114.5 million of non-federally insured loans to third parties. The Company has accounted for these participations as loan sales. Accordingly, the participation interests sold are not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  Per the terms of the servicing agreements, the Company’s servicing operations are obligated to repurchase loans subject to the participation interests when such loans become 60 or 90 days delinquent.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company has $12.6 million accrued related to this obligation which is included in “other liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  This obligation is not included in the above table.

68

In 2004, the Company purchased 50% of the stock of infiNET Integrated Solutions, Inc. (“infiNET”) and, in 2006, purchased the remaining 50% of infiNET’s stock. Consideration for the purchase of the remaining 50% of the stock of infiNET included 95,380 restricted shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the 95,380 shares of Class A common stock issued in the acquisition are subject to stock price guaranty provisions whereby if on or about February 28, 2011 the average market trading price of the Class A common stock is less than $104.8375 per share and has not exceeded that price for any 25 consecutive trading days during the 5-year period from the closing of the acquisition to February 28, 2011, then the Company must pay additional cash to the sellers of infiNET for each share of Class A common stock issued in an amount representing the difference between $104.8375 less the greater of $41.9335 or the gross sales price such seller obtained from a sale of the shares occurring subsequent to February 28, 2011 as defined in the agreement. Based on the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock as of June 30, 2010 of $19.28 per share, the Company’s obligation under this stock price guarantee would have been approximately $6.0 million (($104.8375-$41.9335) x 95,380 shares). Any payment on the guaranty is reduced by the aggregate of any dividends or other distributions made by the Company to the sellers. Any cash paid by the Company in consideration of satisfying the guaranteed value of stock issued for this acquisition would be recorded by the Company as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. The obligation to pay this guaranteed stock price is due February 28, 2011 and is not included in the table above.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company purchased certain assets of a software company.  The initial consideration paid by the Company was $3.0 million in cash.  In addition to the initial purchase price, additional payments are to be made by the Company based on certain operating results as defined in the purchase agreement.  These contingent payments are payable in three annual installments beginning in March 2011 and in total are estimated by the Company to be $5.0 million.  The contingent payments will be remeasured to fair value each reporting date until the contingency is resolved with all changes in fair value being recognized in earnings. These contingent payments are not included in the table above.

Dividends

In the first quarter of 2007, the Company began paying dividends of $0.07 per share on the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock which were paid quarterly through the first quarter of 2008.  On May 21, 2008, the Company announced that it was temporarily suspending its quarterly dividend program.  On November 5, 2009, the Company's Board of Directors voted to reinstate the quarterly dividend program effective for the fourth quarter 2009.  Accordingly, during 2010, a dividend of $0.07 per share on the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock was paid on each March 15, 2010 and June 15, 2010 to all holders of record as of March 1, 2010 and June 1, 2010, respectively.  In addition, a dividend of $0.07 per share on the Company’s Class A and Class B Common Stock will be paid on September 15, 2010 to shareholders of record as of September 1, 2010.  The Company currently plans to continue making quarterly dividend payments, subject to future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and other factors.  In addition, the payment of dividends is subject to the terms of the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated hybrid securities, which generally provide that if the Company defers interest payments on those securities it cannot pay dividends on its capital stock.
 
  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under varying assumptions or conditions. Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements, which are included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, particularly as they relate to accounting policies that management believes are most “critical” — that is, they are most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and they require management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.  Management has identified the following critical accounting policies that are discussed in more detail below: allowance for loan losses, revenue recognition, impairment assessments related to goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, and accounting for derivatives.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses on student loans. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. The Company evaluates the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses on its federally insured loan portfolio separately from its non-federally insured loan portfolio.

The allowance for the federally insured loan portfolio is based on periodic evaluations of the Company’s loan portfolios considering past experience, trends in student loan claims rejected for payment by guarantors, changes to federal student loan programs, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Should any of these factors change, the estimates made by management would also change, which in turn would impact the level of the Company’s future provision for loan losses.

69

In determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses on the non-federally insured loans, the Company considers several factors including: loans in repayment versus those in a nonpaying status, delinquency status, type of program, and trends in defaults in the portfolio based on Company and industry data. Should any of these factors change, the estimates made by management would also change, which in turn would impact the level of the Company’s future provision for loan losses. The Company places a non-federally insured loan on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and interest is 30 days past due and charges off the loan when the collection of principal and interest is 120 days past due.

The allowance for federally insured and non-federally insured loans is maintained at a level management believes is appropriate to provide for estimated probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. This evaluation is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that may be susceptible to significant changes.

Revenue Recognition

Student Loan Income – The Company recognizes student loan income as earned, net of amortization of loan premiums and discounts and deferred origination costs. Loan income is recognized based upon the expected yield of the loan after giving effect to borrower utilization of incentives such as principal reductions for timely payments (“borrower benefits”) and other yield adjustments. The estimate of the borrower benefits discount is dependent on the estimate of the number of borrowers who will eventually qualify for these benefits. For competitive and liquidity purposes, the Company frequently changes the borrower benefit programs in both amount and qualification factors. These programmatic changes must be reflected in the estimate of the borrower benefit discount. Loan premiums/discounts, deferred origination costs, and borrower benefits are included in the carrying value of the student loan on the consolidated balance sheet and are amortized over the estimated life of the loan. The most sensitive estimate for loan premiums/discounts, deferred origination costs, and borrower benefits is the estimate of the constant prepayment rate (“CPR”). CPR is a variable in the life of loan estimate that measures the rate at which loans in a portfolio pay before their stated maturity. The CPR is directly correlated to the average life of the portfolio. CPR equals the percentage of loans that prepay annually as a percentage of the beginning of period balance, net of scheduled principal payments. A number of factors can affect the CPR estimate, including the level of consolidation activity and default rates. Should any of these factors change, the estimates made by management would also change, which in turn would impact the amount of loan premium/discount and deferred origination cost amortization recognized by the Company in a particular period.

Loan and guaranty servicing revenue – Loan servicing fees are determined according to individual agreements with customers and are calculated based on the dollar value of loans, number of loans, or number of borrowers serviced for each customer. Guaranty servicing fees, generally, are calculated based on the number of loans serviced, volume of loans serviced, or amounts collected.
 
Tuition payment processing and campus commerce revenue - Fees for payment management services are recognized over the period in which services are provided to customers.

Enrollment services revenue – Enrollment services revenue primarily consists of the following items:

 	·	Interactive marketing – Interactive marketing services revenue is derived primarily from fees which are earned through the delivery of qualified leads or clicks. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Delivery is deemed to have occurred at the time a qualified lead or click is delivered to the customer provided that no significant obligations remain. From time to time, the Company may agree to credit certain leads or clicks if they fail to meet the contractual or other guidelines of a particular client. The Company has established a sales reserve based on historical experience. To date, such credits have been immaterial and within management’s expectations.
 
For a portion of its interactive marketing revenue, the Company has agreements with providers of online media or traffic (“Publishers”) used in the generation of leads or clicks. The Company receives a fee from its customers and pays a fee to Publishers either on a cost per lead, cost per click, or cost per number of impressions basis. The Company is the primary obligor in the transaction. As a result, the fees paid by the Company’s customers are recognized as revenue and the fees paid to its Publishers are included in “cost to provide enrollment services” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.	
 
 	·	Publishing and editing services - Revenue from the sale of print products is generally earned and recognized, net of estimated returns, upon shipment or delivery. Revenue from the sale of editing services is generally recognized upon completion of providing the service.	

 	·	Resource centers and list marketing – Resource centers and list marketing services includes the sale of subscription and performance based products and services, as well as list sales.  Revenues from sales of subscription and performance based products and services are recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Subscription and performance based revenues received or receivable in advance of the delivery of services is included in deferred revenue.  Revenue from the sale of lists is generally earned and recognized, net of estimated returns, upon delivery.	

70

Fees associated with the majority of the services described above are recognized in the period services are rendered and earned under service arrangements with clients where service fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company’s service fees are determined based on written price quotations or service agreements having stipulated terms and conditions that do not require management to make any significant judgments or assumptions regarding any potential uncertainties.

The Company assesses collectability of revenues and its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit-worthiness of the customer. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established to record accounts receivable at estimated net realizable value. If the Company determines that collection of revenues is not reasonably assured at or prior to delivery of the Company’s services, revenue is recognized upon the receipt of cash.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets – Impairment Assessments

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually (every November 30) and whenever triggering events or changes in circumstances indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company performs a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and the Company is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, and determination of appropriate market comparables. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

The Company makes judgments about the recoverability of purchased intangible assets annually and whenever triggering events or changes in circumstances indicate that an other than temporary impairment may exist. Each quarter the Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful lives of purchased intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset.

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of the Company’s intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in the Company’s business strategy and internal forecasts. Although the Company believes the historical assumptions and estimates used are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact the reported financial results.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S and its states and municipalities in which the Company operates. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant government taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws. The Company must also make estimates about when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be subject to review/adjudication by the court systems of the various tax jurisdictions or may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company reviews these balances quarterly and as new information becomes available, the balances are adjusted, as appropriate.

Derivative Accounting

The Company records derivative instruments at fair value on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability. The Company determines the fair value for its derivative contracts using either (i) pricing models that consider current market conditions and the contractual terms of the derivative contract or (ii) counterparty valuations. These factors include interest rates, time value, forward interest rate curve, and volatility factors, as well as foreign exchange rates. Pricing models and their underlying assumptions impact the amount and timing of unrealized gains and losses recognized, and the use of different pricing models or assumptions could produce different financial results. Management has structured the majority of the Company’s derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective. However, the Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are reported in current period earnings. Net settlements on derivatives are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the consolidated statements of operations.

71

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Fair Value Measurements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, an update to ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures .  The update provides additional disclosures for transfers in and out of Levels I and II and for activity in Level III.  This update also clarifies certain other existing disclosure requirements including level of desegregation and disclosures around inputs and valuation techniques.  The update was effective for annual or interim periods beginning after December 15, 2009 (January 1, 2010 for the Company), except for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for the Company).  To date, the update has not had a material impact on the preparation of and disclosures in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and the Variable Interest Entity Consolidation Model

The FASB issued ASU 2009-16, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets , an update to ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, which provides guidance on improving the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets; the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement, if any, in transferred financial assets.  The update removes the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity.  Additionally, the update defines the term participating interest to establish specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, and also requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale.  The update was effective for fiscal and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2009 (January 1, 2010 for the Company).  The Company adopted the update for the fiscal and interim period beginning January 1, 2010.  The Company completed two asset-backed securitizations during the six months ended June 30, 2010. Consistent with all historical asset-backed securitizations completed by the Company, these transactions are accounted for as a secured borrowing and the student loan assets and notes payable remain on the consolidated balance sheet per the provisions of ASC Topic 860. The Company’s participation agreements continue to qualify as a transfer of financial assets (accounted for as a sale) under the provisions of ASC Topic 860.

The FASB issued ASU 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities, an update to ASC Topic 810, Consolidations , which provides guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity in addition to subjecting enterprises to a number of other requirements including, among other things: (i) requiring an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity and specifies the characteristics the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity must have to be designated as such; (ii) requiring an enterprise to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; (iii) requiring the ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity; (iv) the elimination of the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, and (v) adding an additional reconsideration event for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that investors of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power from voting or similar rights of the investment to direct the activities of the entity that have the most significant impact on the entity’s economic performance.  The update was effective for fiscal and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2009.  For the Company, the update was effective January 1, 2010 and did not have an impact on the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements , an update to ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . Under the new update, tangible products that have software components that are essential to the functionality of the tangible product will no longer be within the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance, and software-enabled products will now be subject to other relevant revenue recognition guidance.  The update will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for the Company), with early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impacts and disclosures related to this update.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements , an update to ASC 985, Software , which provides guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables that are outside the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance. Under the update, when vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, a best estimate of the selling price is required to separate deliverables and allocate arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. The update includes new disclosure requirements on how the application of the relative selling price method affects the timing and amount of revenue recognition. The update is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for the Company), with early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impacts and disclosures related to this update.

72

Disclosures about Credit Quality and the Allowance for Credit Losses

The FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Disclosure about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses, an update to ASC 310, Receivables . This update requires additional disclosures that facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses, and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. The ASU makes changes to existing disclosure requirements and includes additional disclosure requirements about financing receivables, including credit quality indicators of financing receivables at the end of the reporting period by portfolio-segment and class of financing receivables, the aging of past due financing receivables at the end of the reporting period by portfolio-segment and class of financing receivables, and the nature and extent of troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the period by class of financing receivables and their effect on the allowance for credit losses. These disclosures as of the end of a reporting period (e.g. credit quality information and the ending financing receivables balance segregated by impairment method) and disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period (e.g. modifications and the rollforward of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment) are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010 (December 31, 2010 for the Company). The Company is currently evaluating the applicability and extent of the required disclosures related to this update.

ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
(All dollars are in thousands, except share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s primary market risk exposure arises from fluctuations in its borrowing and lending rates, the spread between which could impact the Company due to shifts in market interest rates. Because the Company generates a significant portion of its earnings from its student loan spread, the interest sensitivity of the balance sheet is a key profitability driver.

The following table sets forth the Company’s loan assets and debt instruments by rate characteristics:
 
 	 	As of June 30, 2010	 	 	As of December 31, 2009	 	
 	 	Dollars	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollars	 	 	Percent	 	
Fixed-rate loan assets	 	$	8,147,384	 	 	 	30.7	%	 	$	10,305,622	 	 	 	43.6	%	
Variable-rate loan assets	 	 	18,368,404 	 	 	 	69.3 	 	 	 	13,330,252 	 	 	 	56.4 	 	
Total	 	$	26,515,788	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	23,635,874	 	 	 	100.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed-rate debt instruments	 	$	198,250	 	 	 	0.7	%	 	$	273,906	 	 	 	1.1	%	
Variable-rate debt instruments	 	 	27,230,522 	 	 	 	99.3 	 	 	 	24,531,383 	 	 	 	98.9 	 	
Total	 	$	27,428,772	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	24,805,289	 	 	 	100.0	%	

Loans originated prior to April 1, 2006 generally earn interest at the higher of a floating rate based on the Special Allowance Payment or SAP formula set by the Department and the borrower rate, which is fixed over a period of time. The SAP formula is based on an applicable index plus a fixed spread that is dependent upon when the loan was originated, the loan’s repayment status, and funding sources for the loan. The Company generally finances its student loan portfolio with variable rate debt. In low and/or declining interest rate environments, when the fixed borrower rate is higher than the rate produced by the SAP formula, the Company’s student loans earn at a fixed rate while the interest on the variable rate debt typically continues to decline. In these interest rate environments, the Company may earn additional spread income that it refers to as floor income.

Depending on the type of loan and when it was originated, the borrower rate is either fixed to term or is reset to an annual rate each July 1. As a result, for loans where the borrower rate is fixed to term, the Company may earn floor income for an extended period of time, which the Company refers to as fixed rate floor income, and for those loans where the borrower rate is reset annually on July 1, the Company may earn floor income to the next reset date, which the Company refers to as variable rate floor income. In accordance with legislation enacted in 2006, lenders are required to rebate fixed rate floor income and variable rate floor income to the Department for all new FFELP loans first originated on or after April 1, 2006.

For the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loan interest income includes $31.1 million and $37.1 million, respectively, of fixed rate floor income (net of settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge student loans earning floor income of $4.3 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010). For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loan interest income includes $66.3 million and $67.3 million, respectively, of fixed rate floor income (net of settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge student loans earning floor income of $8.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010). The high levels of fixed rate floor income earned during 2009 and 2010 are due to historically low interest rates.  If interest rates remain low, the Company anticipates continuing to earn significant fixed rate floor income in future periods.

Absent the use of derivative instruments, a rise in interest rates may reduce the amount of floor income received and this may have an impact on earnings due to interest margin compression caused by increasing financing costs, until such time as the federally insured loans earn interest at a variable rate in accordance with their special allowance payment formulas. In higher interest rate environments, where the interest rate rises above the borrower rate and fixed rate loans effectively become variable rate loans, the impact of the rate fluctuations is reduced.

73

The following graph depicts fixed rate floor income for a borrower with a fixed rate of 6.75% and a SAP rate of 2.64%:

The following table shows the Company’s student loan assets that are earning fixed rate floor income as of June 30, 2010:
 
Fixed	 	Borrower/
lender	 	 	Estimated
variable	 	 	Balance of
assets earning fixed-rate	 	
interest	 	weighted	 	 	conversion	 	 	floor income as of	 	
rate range	 	average yield	 	 	rate (a)	 	 	June 30, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
3.0 - 3.49%	 	 	3.28	%	 	 	0.57	%	 	$	1,366,463	 	
3.5 - 3.99%	 	 	3.65	%	 	 	1.01	%	 	 	1,878,739	 	
4.0 - 4.49%	 	 	4.20	%	 	 	1.56	%	 	 	1,488,709	 	
4.5 - 4.99%	 	 	4.72	%	 	 	2.08	%	 	 	826,557	 	
5.0 - 5.49%	 	 	5.24	%	 	 	2.60	%	 	 	539,173	 	
5.5 - 5.99%	 	 	5.67	%	 	 	3.03	%	 	 	322,856	 	
6.0 - 6.49%	 	 	6.19	%	 	 	3.55	%	 	 	378,205	 	
6.5 - 6.99%	 	 	6.70	%	 	 	4.06	%	 	 	336,379	 	
7.0 - 7.49%	 	 	7.17	%	 	 	4.53	%	 	 	116,100	 	
7.5 - 7.99%	 	 	7.71	%	 	 	5.07	%	 	 	196,903	 	
8.0 - 8.99%	 	 	8.16	%	 	 	5.52	%	 	 	442,787	 	
> 9.0%	 	 	9.04	%	 	 	6.40	%	 	 	254,513	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	8,147,384	 	

 	(a)	The estimated variable conversion rate is the estimated short-term interest rate at which loans would convert to variable rate.  As of June 30, 2010, the short-term interest rate was 41 basis points.	

74

The following table summarizes the outstanding derivatives instruments as of June 30, 2010 used by the Company to hedge fixed-rate student loan assets.
 
 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	
 	 	 	 	 	average fixed	 	
 	 	Notional	 	 	rate paid by	 	
Maturity	 	Amount	 	 	the Company (a)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	4,500,000	 	 	 	0.52	%	
2011	 	 	2,000,000	 	 	 	0.65	 	
2012	 	 	950,000	 	 	 	1.08	 	
2013	 	 	150,000	 	 	 	1.44	 	
2015	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	2.26	 	
2020	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	3.23	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	7,800,000	 	 	 	0.70	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(a) For all interest rate derivatives, the Company receives discrete three-month LIBOR.	 	

As of June 30, 2010, the Company had $3.3 billion of student loan assets that were eligible to earn variable-rate floor income.

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk in the form of basis risk and repricing risk because the interest rate characteristics of the Company’s assets do not match the interest rate characteristics of the funding. The Company attempts to match the interest rate characteristics of certain pools of loan assets with debt instruments of substantially similar characteristics. Due to the variability in duration of the Company’s assets and varying market conditions, the Company does not attempt to perfectly match the interest rate characteristics of the entire loan portfolio with the underlying debt instruments. The Company has adopted a policy of periodically reviewing the mismatch related to the interest rate characteristics of its assets and liabilities together with the Company's outlook as to current and future market conditions. Based on those factors, the Company uses derivative instruments as part of its overall risk management strategy. Derivative instruments used as part of the Company's interest rate risk management strategy currently include interest rate swaps, basis swaps, and cross-currency swaps.

The following table presents the Company’s FFELP student loan assets and related funding arranged by underlying indices as of June 30, 2010:
 
Index	 	Frequency of Variable Resets	 	Assets	 	 	Debt outstanding that funded student loan assets (a)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
3 month H15 financial commercial paper (b)	 	Daily	 	$	25,393,568	 	 	 	1,949,130 	 	
3 month Treasury bill (c)	 	Varies	 	 	985,079 	 	 	 	—	 	
3 month LIBOR (d)	 	Quarterly	 	 	—	 	 	 	20,338,114 	 	
Auction-rate or remarketing (e)	 	Varies	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,251,910 	 	
Asset-backed commercial paper (f)	 	Varies	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,973,932 	 	
Other (g)	 	 	 	 	160,375 	 	 	 	25,936 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	26,539,022	 	 	 	26,539,022 	 	

75

 
 	(a)	The Company has certain basis swaps outstanding in which the Company receives three-month LIBOR and pays one-month LIBOR plus or minus a spread as defined in the agreements. The Company entered into these derivative instruments to better match the interest rate characteristics on its student loan assets and the debt funding such assets. The following table summarizes these derivatives as of June 30, 2010:	
 
Maturity	 	National Amounts	 	
 	 	 	 	
2021	 	$	250,000	 	
2023	 	 	1,250,000	 	
2024	 	 	250,000	 	
2028	 	 	100,000	 	
2039	 	 	150,000	 	
2040	 	 	200,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	2,200,000	 	
 
 	(b)	The Company’s FFELP student loans earn interest based on the daily average H15 financial commercial paper index calculated on a fiscal quarter. The Company’s funding includes FFELP student loans under the Department’s Participation Program.  The interest rate on the principal amount of participation interests outstanding under the Department’s Participation Program is based on a rate of commercial paper plus 50 basis points, which is set a quarter in arrears, while the earnings on the student loans is based primarily on the daily average H15 financial commercial paper index calculated on the current fiscal quarter.	

 	(c)	The Company has used derivative instruments to hedge both the basis and repricing risk on certain student loans in which the Company earns interest based on a treasury bill rate that resets daily and are funded with debt indexed to primarily three-month LIBOR. To hedge these loans, the Company has entered into basis swaps in which the Company receives three-month LIBOR set discretely in advance and pays a weekly treasury bill rate plus a spread as defined in the agreement (“T-BILL/LIBOR Basis Swaps”). The following table summarizes these derivatives as of June 30, 2010:	
 
Maturity	 	Notional Amount	 	
 	 	 	 	
2011	 	$	225,000	(1)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(1) These derivatives have forward effective start dates of October 2010 ($75 million), November 2010 ($75 million), and December 2010 ($75 million).	 	
 
 	(d)	The Company has Euro-denominated notes that reprice on the EURIBOR index. The Company has entered into derivative instruments (cross-currency interest rate swaps) that convert the EURIBOR index to three-month LIBOR. As a result, these notes are reflected in the three-month LIBOR category in the above table. See “Foreign Currency Exchange Risk.”	

 	(e)	The interest rates on certain of the Company's asset-backed securities are set and periodically reset via a "dutch auction" (“Auction Rate Securities”) or through a remarketing utilizing remarketing agents (“Variable Rate Demand Notes”). As of June 30, 2010, the Company is sponsor on $1.0 billion of Auction Rate Securities and $0.3 billion of Variable Rate Demand Notes.	

For Auction Rate Securities, investors and potential investors submit orders through a broker-dealer as to the principal amount of notes they wish to buy, hold, or sell at various interest rates. The broker-dealers submit their clients' orders to the auction agent, who then determines the clearing interest rate for the upcoming period. Interest rates on these Auction Rate Securities are reset periodically, generally every 7 to 35 days, by the auction agent or agents. During the first quarter of 2008, as part of the credit market crisis, auction rate securities from various issuers failed to receive sufficient order interest from potential investors to clear successfully, resulting in failed auction status. Since February 8, 2008, the Company’s Auction Rate Securities have failed in this manner. Under normal conditions, banks have historically purchased these securities when investor demand is weak. However, since February 2008, banks have been allowing auctions to fail. Currently, all of the Company’s Auction Rate Securities are in a failed auction status and the Company believes they will remain in a failed status for an extended period of time and possibly permanently.

As a result of a failed auction, the Auction Rate Securities will generally pay interest to the holder at a maximum rate as defined by the indenture. While these rates will vary, they will generally be based on a spread to LIBOR or Treasury Securities. Due to the failed auctions related to these securities, the Company could be subject to interest costs substantially above the anticipated and historical rates paid on these types of securities.

76

For Variable Rate Demand Notes, the remarketing agents set the price, which is then offered to investors. If there are insufficient potential bid orders to purchase all of the notes offered for sale, the Company could be subject to interest costs substantially above the anticipated and historical rates paid on these types of securities.

 	(f)	Asset-backed commercial paper consists of $63.4 million funded in the Company’s FFELP warehouse facility and $2.9 billion funded through the Department’s Conduit Program.  Funding for the Conduit Program is provided by the capital markets at a cost based on market rates.	

 	(g)	Assets include restricted cash and investments and other assets.  Debt outstanding includes other debt obligations secured by student loan assets and related collateral.	

Financial Statement Impact of Derivative Instruments

The Company recognizes changes in the fair value of derivative instruments currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Management has structured the majority of the Company’s derivative transactions with the intent that each is economically effective. However, the Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting; consequently, the change in fair value of these derivative instruments is included in the Company’s operating results. Changes or shifts in the forward yield curve and fluctuations in currency rates can significantly impact the valuation of the Company’s derivatives. Accordingly, changes or shifts to the forward yield curve and fluctuations in currency rates will impact the financial position and results of operations of the Company. The change in fair value of the Company’s derivatives are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and resulted in expenses of $100.6 million and $168.2 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, and income of $29.9 million and expense of $22.3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, respectively.

The following summarizes the derivative settlements included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the consolidated statements of income:
 
 	 	Three months ended June 30,	 	 	Six months ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Settlements:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Average/discrete basis swaps	 	$	—	 	 	 	1,040 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11,062 	 	
1/3 basis swaps	 	 	80 	 	 	 	6,657 	 	 	 	221 	 	 	 	17,401 	 	
Interest rate swaps - floor income hedges	 	 	(4,286	)  	 	 	(11	)  	 	 	(8,143	)  	 	 	(11	)  	
Interest rate swaps - unsecured debt hedges	 	 	(79	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(79	)  	 	 	—	 	
Cross-currency interest rate swaps	 	 	917 	 	 	 	1,849 	 	 	 	2,219 	 	 	 	5,441 	 	
Other	 	 	(9	)  	 	 	—	 	 	 	(18	)  	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total settlements - (expense) income	 	$	(3,377	)	 	 	9,535 	 	 	 	(5,800	)  	 	 	33,893 	 	

Sensitivity Analysis

The following tables summarize the effect on the Company’s earnings, based upon a sensitivity analysis performed by the Company assuming hypothetical increases in interest rates of 100 basis points and 300 basis points while funding spreads remain constant. In addition, as it relates to the effect on earnings, a sensitivity analysis was performed assuming the funding index increases 10 basis points and 30 basis points while holding the asset index constant, if the funding index is different than the asset index. The effect on earnings was performed on the Company’s variable rate assets and liabilities. The analysis includes the effects of the Company’s interest rate and basis swaps in existence during these periods.
 
 	Three months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Interest Rates	 	 	Asset and funding index mismatches	 	
 	Change from increase
of 100 basis points	 	 	Change from increase
of 300 basis points	 				
 						 	Increase of 10 basis points	 	 	Increase of 30 basis points	 	
 	Dollar	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	Percent	 	
Effect on earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in pre-tax net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
before impact of derivative settlements	$	(14,475	)	(18.1	)%	 	$	(24,962	)	(31.2	)%	 	$	(6,513	)	(8.1	)%	 	$	(19,540	)	(24.4	)%	
Impact of derivative settlements	 	15,396	 	19.2	 	 	 	46,188	 	57.7	 	 	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	—	 	
Increase (decrease) in net income before taxes	$	921	 	1.1	%	 	$	21,226	 	26.5	%	 	$	(6,513	)	(8.1	)%	 	$	(19,540	)	(24.4	)%	
Increase (decrease) in basic and diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
earnings per share	$	0.01	 	 	 	 	$	0.27	 	 	 	 	$	(0.08	)	 	 	 	$	(0.25	)	 	 	

77

 	Three months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	Interest Rates	 	 	Asset and funding index mismatches	 	
 	Change from increase
of 100 basis points	 	 	Change from increase
of 300 basis points	 	 	Increase of 10 basis points	 	 	Increase of 30 basis points	 	
 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	
Effect on earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in pre-tax net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
before impact of derivative settlements	$	(23,826	)	 	 	(168.7	) %	 	$	(39,217	)	 	 	(277.7	) %	 	$	(6,403	)	 	 	(45.3	) %	 	$	(19,210	)	 	 	(136.0	) %	
Impact of derivative settlements	 	41	 	 	 	0.3	 	 	 	123	 	 	 	0.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Increase (decrease) in net income before taxes	$	(23,785	)	 	 	(168.4	) %	 	$	(39,094	)	 	 	(276.8	) %	 	$	(6,403	)	 	 	(45.3	) %	 	$	(19,210	)	 	 	(136.0	) %	
Increase (decrease) in basic and diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
earnings per share	$	(0.28	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.47	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.08	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.23	)	 	 	 	 	

 	Six months ended June 30, 2010	 	
 	Change from increase
of 100 basis points	 	 	Change from increase
of 300 basis points	 	 	Asset and funding index mismatches	 	
 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Increase of 10 basis points	 	 	Increase of 30 basis points	 	
Effect on earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in pre-tax net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
before impact of derivative settlements	$	(30,117	)	 	 	(18.0	) %	 	$	(51,316	)	 	 	(30.7	) %	 	$	(12,480	)	 	 	(7.5	) %	 	$	(37,439	)	 	 	(22.4	) %	
Impact of derivative settlements	 	27,764	 	 	 	16.6	 	 	 	83,293	 	 	 	49.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Increase (decrease) in net income before taxes	$	(2,353	)	 	 	(1.4	) %	 	$	31,977	 	 	 	19.2	%	 	$	(12,480	)	 	 	(7.5	) %	 	$	(37,439	)	 	 	(22.4	) %	
Increase (decrease) in basic and diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
earning per share	$	(0.03	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.40	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.16	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.47	)	 	 	 	 	

 	Six months ended June 30, 2009	 	
 	Change from increase
of 100 basis points	 	 	Change from increase
of 300 basis points	 	 	Asset and funding index mismatches	 	
 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Dollar	 	 	Percent	 	 	Increase of 10 basis points	 	 	Increase of 30 basis points	 	
Effect on earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in pre-tax net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
before impact of derivative settlements	$	(44,732	)	 	 	(81.1	) %	 	$	(70,683	)	 	 	(128.1	) %	 	$	(12,756	)	 	 	(23.1	) %	 	$	(38,269	)	 	 	(69.4	) %	
Impact of derivative settlements	 	41	 	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	123	 	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Increase (decrease) in net income before taxes	$	(44,691	)	 	 	(81.0	) %	 	$	(70,560	)	 	 	(127.9	) %	 	$	(12,756	)	 	 	(23.1	) %	 	$	(38,269	)	 	 	(69.4	) %	
Increase (decrease) in basic and diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
earning per share	$	(0.55	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.87	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.16	)	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.47	)	 	 	 	 	
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

During 2006, the Company completed separate debt offerings of student loan asset-backed securities that included 420.5 million and 352.7 million Euro-denominated notes with interest rates based on a spread to the EURIBOR index. As a result of this transaction, the Company is exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and Euro. The principal and accrued interest on these notes is re-measured at each reporting period and recorded on the Company’s balance sheet in U.S. dollars based on the foreign currency exchange rate on that date. Changes in the principal and accrued interest amounts as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations are included in the “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

The Company entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps in connection with the issuance of the Euro Notes. Under the terms of these derivative instrument agreements, the Company receives from a counterparty a spread to the EURIBOR index based on notional amounts of €420.5 million and €352.7 million and pays a spread to the LIBOR index based on notional amounts of $500.0 million and $450.0 million, respectively. In addition, under the terms of these agreements, all principal payments on the Euro Notes will effectively be paid at the exchange rate in effect as of the issuance of the notes. The Company did not qualify these derivative instruments as hedges under accounting authoritative guidance; consequently, the change in fair value is included in the Company’s operating results.

The following table summarizes the financial statement impact as a result of the remeasurement of the Euro Notes and change in the fair value of the related derivative instruments. These amounts are included in “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
 
 	 	Three Months Ended June 30,	 	 	Six Months Ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Re-measurement of Euro Notes	 	$	93,401	 	 	 	(63,865	)	 	 	165,075	 	 	 	(16,623	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in fair value of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
cross-currency derivatives	 	 	(100,946	)	 	 	41,209	 	 	 	(160,021	)	 	 	(15,902	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total impact to statements of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
     income - income (expense)	 	$	(7,545	)	 	 	(22,656	)	 	 	5,054	 	 	 	(32,525	)	

78

The re-measurement of the Euro-denominated bonds generally correlates with the change in fair value of the cross-currency interest rate swaps. However, the Company will experience unrealized gains or losses related to the cross-currency interest rate swaps if the two underlying indices (and related forward curve) do not move in parallel. Management intends to hold the cross-currency interest rate swaps through the maturity of the Euro-denominated bonds.

Financial Statement Impact – Derivatives and Foreign Currency Transaction Adjustments

The following table summarizes all of the components of “derivative market value and foreign currency adjustments and derivative settlements, net” included in the consolidated statements of income.
 
 	 	Three Months Ended June 30,	 	 	Six Months Ended June 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in fair value of derivatives	 	$	(100,632	)	 	 	29,852	 	 	 	(168,201	)	 	 	(22,270	)	
Foreign currency transaction adjustment (Euro Notes)	 	 	93,401	 	 	 	(63,865	)	 	 	165,075	 	 	 	(16,623	)	
Derivative settlements, net	 	 	(3,377	)	 	 	9,535	 	 	 	(5,800	)	 	 	33,893	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative market value and foreign currency	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
adjustments and derivative settlements, net	 	$	(10,608	)	 	 	(24,478	)	 	 	(8,926	)	 	 	(5,000	)	

ITEM 4.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under supervision and with the participation of certain members of the Company’s management, including the chief executive and the chief financial officers, the Company completed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in SEC Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive and chief financial officers believe that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report with respect to timely communication to them and other members of management responsible for preparing periodic reports and material information required to be disclosed in this Report as it relates to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

General

The Company is subject to various claims, lawsuits, and proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. These matters principally consist of claims by student loan borrowers disputing the manner in which their student loans have been processed and disputes with other business entities. In addition, from time to time the Company receives information and document requests from state or federal regulators concerning its business practices. The Company cooperates with these inquiries and responds to the requests. While the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any inquiry or investigation, the Company believes its activities have materially complied with applicable law, including the Higher Education Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the Department of Education thereunder, and the Department’s guidance regarding those rules and regulations. Other than the items specifically discussed below, on the basis of present information, anticipated insurance coverage, and advice received from counsel, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that the disposition or ultimate determination of these claims, lawsuits, and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, or results of operations.

Regulatory Reviews

The Department of Education periodically reviews participants in the FFELP for compliance with program provisions.  On June 28, 2007, the Department notified the Company that it would be conducting a review of the Company’s practices in connection with the prohibited inducement provisions of the Higher Education Act and the associated regulations that allow borrowers to have a choice of lenders.  The Company understands that the Department selected several schools and lenders for review.  The Company responded to the Department’s requests for information and documentation and cooperated with their review.  On May 1, 2009, the Company received the Department’s preliminary program review report, which covered the Department’s review of the period from October 1, 2002 to September 30, 2007.  The preliminary program review report contained certain initial findings of noncompliance with the Higher Education Act’s prohibited inducement provisions and required that the Company provide an explanation for the basis of the arrangements noted in the preliminary program review report.  The Company has responded and provided an explanation of the arrangements noted in the Department of Education’s initial findings, and the Department of Education is expected to issue a final program review determination letter and advise the Company whether it intends to take any additional action.  To the extent any findings are contained in a final letter, the additional action may include the assessment of fines or penalties, or the limitation, suspension, and termination of the Company’s participation in the FFELP.

79

While the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of these reviews, the Company believes its practices complied with applicable law, including the provisions of the Higher Education Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the Department of Education thereunder, and the Department’s guidance regarding those rules and regulations.

United States ex rel Oberg v. Nelnet, Inc. et al

On September 28, 2009, the Company was served with a Summons and First Amended Complaint naming the Company as one of ten defendants in a “qui tam” action brought by Jon H. Oberg on behalf of the United States of America.  Qui tam actions assert claims by an individual on behalf of the federal government, and are filed under seal until the government decides, if at all, to intervene in the case.

An original complaint in the action was filed under seal in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia on September 21, 2007, and was unsealed on August 26, 2009 upon the government’s filing of a Notice of Election to Decline Intervention in the matter.  The First Amended Complaint (the “Oberg Complaint”) was filed on August 24, 2009, and alleges the defendant student loan lenders submitted false claims for payment to the Department of Education in order to obtain special allowance payments on certain student loans at a rate of 9.5%, which the Oberg Complaint alleges is in excess of amounts permitted by law. 

The Oberg Complaint alleges that approximately $407 million in unlawful 9.5% special allowance payment claims were submitted by the Company,  and seeks a judgment against the defendants in the amount of three times the amount of damages sustained by the government in connection with the alleged overbilling by the defendants for special allowance payments, as well as civil penalties.  

The 9.5% special allowance payments received by the Company were disclosed by the Company on multiple occasions beginning in 2003.  In January 2007, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the Department of Education to resolve an audit report by the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education with respect to the Company’s student loan portfolio receiving special allowance payments at a minimum 9.5% interest rate (the “Settlement Agreement”). The Settlement Agreement contains an acknowledgment by the Department of Education that the dispute with the Company in connection with billings for 9.5% interest was in good faith. 

The Company filed a motion for summary judgment to have the case dismissed.  The Court has not ruled on the motion for summary judgment as of the date of  this filing.  The Court has also ordered a settlement conference to be held before a different judge on August 11, 2010.  Subject to resolution of the matter on summary judgment, the case is set for trial beginning August 17, 2010.
 
The Company believes it has strong defenses to the Oberg Complaint and is vigorously contesting the matter.   Due to the uncertainty, costs, and risks inherent in the litigation process, the Company may explore various resolutions of the matter, but cannot predict the ultimate outcome or resolution or any liability or settlement amount which may result from this litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources, and financial condition, including compliance with financial covenants under the Company’s credit facilities.  
 
United States ex rel Vigil v. Nelnet, Inc. et al

There have been no material developments in this matter from the information previously reported in Part II, Item 1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

 ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

There have been no material changes from the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 in response to Item 1A of Part I of such Form 10-K.

80

ITEM 2.  UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Stock Repurchases

The following table summarizes the repurchases of Class A common stock during the second quarter of 2010 by the Company or any “affiliated purchaser” of the Company, as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total number of	 	 	Maximum number	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	shares purchased	 	 	of shares that may	 	
 	 	Total number	 	 	Average	 	 	as part of publicly	 	 	yet be purchased	 	
 	 	of shares	 	 	price paid	 	 	announced plans	 	 	under the plans	 	
Period	 	purchased (1)	 	 	per share	 	 	or programs (2) (3)	 	 	or programs (4)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
April 1 - April 30, 2010	 	 	3,683 	 	 	$	19.87	 	 	 	1,477 	 	 	 	6,656,165 	 	
May 1 - May 31, 2010	 	 	1,298 	 	 	 	19.18 	 	 	 	437 	 	 	 	6,670,485 	 	
June 1 - June 30, 2010	 	 	658,462 	 	 	 	19.32 	 	 	 	658,434 	 	 	 	6,061,702 	 	
Total	 	 	663,443 	 	 	$	19.33	 	 	 	660,348 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	(1)	The total number of shares includes: (i) shares purchased pursuant to the 2006 Plan discussed in footnote (2) below; (ii) shares owned and tendered by employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the vesting of restricted shares; and (iii) shares purchased pursuant to the 2006 ESLP discussed in footnote (3) below, of which there were none for the months of April, May, or June 2010. Shares of Class A common stock purchased pursuant to the 2006 Plan included 1,477 shares, 437 shares, and 658,434 shares in April, May, and June, respectively. Included in the shares repurchased pursuant to the 2006 plan were 1,477 shares, 437 shares, and 1,734 shares, purchased in April, May, and June, respectively, that had been issued to the Company’s 401(k) plan and allocated to employee participant accounts pursuant to the plan’s provisions for Company matching contributions in shares of Company stock, and were purchased by the Company from the plan pursuant to employee participant instructions to dispose of such shares. Shares of Class A common stock tendered by employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations included 2,206 shares, 861 shares, and 28 shares in April, May and June, respectively. Unless otherwise indicated, shares owned and tendered by employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations were purchased at the closing price of the Company’s shares on the date of vesting.	

 	(2)	The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to a total of ten million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “2006 Plan”). The 2006 Plan has an expiration date of May 24, 2012.  To facilitate repurchases under the stock repurchase program, the Company has adopted a plan under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Under the Rule 10b5-1 plan, repurchases are executed whenever the price and other conditions of the plan are met, which may be at a time when the Company would not otherwise repurchase shares due to the Company’s securities trading policy blackout periods and other restrictions.	

 	(3)	On May 25, 2006, the Company publicly announced that the shareholders of the Company approved an Employee Stock Purchase Loan Plan (the “2006 ESLP”) to allow the Company to make loans to employees for the purchase of shares of the Company's Class A common stock either in the open market or directly from the Company. A total of $40 million in loans may be made under the 2006 ESLP, and a total of one million shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2006 ESLP. Shares may be purchased directly from the Company or in the open market through a broker at prevailing market prices at the time of purchase, subject to any conditions or restrictions on the timing, volume, or prices of purchases as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and set forth in the Stock Purchase Loan Agreement with the participant. The 2006 ESLP shall terminate May 25, 2016.	

 	(4)	The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans is calculated below. There are no assurances that any additional shares will be repurchased under either the 2006 Plan or the 2006 ESLP. Shares under the 2006 ESLP may be issued by the Company rather than purchased in open market transactions.	

81

As of	 	Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the 2006 Plan
(A)	 	 	Approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the 2006 ESLP
(B)	 	 	Closing price on the last trading day of the Company's Class A Common Stock
(C)	 	 	(B / C)
Approximate number of shares that may yet be purchased under the 2006 ESLP
(D)	 	 	(A + D)
Approximate number of shares that may yet be purchased under the 2006 Plan and 2006 ESLP	 	
April 30, 2010	 	 	4,830,013 	 	 	 	36,450,000 	 	 	 	19.96 	 	 	 	1,826,152 	 	 	 	6,656,165 	 	
May 31, 2010	 	 	4,829,576 	 	 	 	36,450,000 	 	 	 	19.80 	 	 	 	1,840,909 	 	 	 	6,670,485 	 	
June 30, 2010	 	 	4,171,142 	 	 	 	36,450,000 	 	 	 	19.28 	 	 	 	1,890,560 	 	 	 	6,061,702 	 	

Working capital and dividend restrictions/limitations

The Company’s credit facilities, including its revolving line of credit which is available through May of 2012, impose restrictions on the Company’s minimum consolidated net worth, the ratio of the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA to corporate debt interest, the indebtedness of the Company's subsidiaries, and the ratio of Non-FFELP loans to all loans in the Company's portfolio. In addition, trust indentures and other financing agreements governing debt issued by the Company's education lending subsidiaries may have general limitations on the amounts of funds that can be transferred to the Company by its subsidiaries through cash dividends.

On September 27, 2006 the Company consummated a debt offering of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Hybrid Securities.  So long as any Hybrid Securities remain outstanding, if the Company gives notice of its election to defer interest payments but the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral period is continuing, then the Company will not, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries to:

 	·	declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment regarding, any of the Company’s capital stock	
 	·	except as required in connection with the repayment of principal, and except for any partial payments of deferred interest that may be made through the alternative payment mechanism described in the Hybrid Securities indenture, make any payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, or repay, repurchase, or redeem any of the Company’s debt securities that rank pari passu with or junior to the Hybrid Securities	
 	·	make any guarantee payments regarding any guarantee by the Company of the subordinated debt securities of any of the Company’s subsidiaries if the guarantee ranks pari passu with or junior in interest to the Hybrid Securities	

In addition, if any deferral period lasts longer than one year, the limitation on the Company’s ability to redeem or repurchase any of its securities that rank pari passu with or junior in interest to the Hybrid Securities will continue until the first anniversary of the date on which all deferred interest has been paid or cancelled.

If the Company is involved in a business combination where immediately after its consummation more than 50% of the surviving entity’s voting stock is owned by the shareholders of the other party to the business combination, then the immediately preceding sentence will not apply to any deferral period that is terminated on the next interest payment date following the date of consummation of the business combination.

However, at any time, including during a deferral period, the Company will be permitted to:

 	·	pay dividends or distributions in additional shares of the Company’s capital stock	
 	·	declare or pay a dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders’ rights plan, or issue stock under such a plan, or redeem or repurchase any rights distributed pursuant to such a plan	
 	·	purchase common stock for issuance pursuant to any employee benefit plans	

82

 ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS

 	10.1*	Student Loan Servicing Contract between the United States Department of Education and Nelnet Servicing, LLC.	

 	31.1*	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of Chief Executive Officer Michael S. Dunlap.	

 	31.2*	Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of Chief Financial Officer Terry J. Heimes.	

 	32**	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	

*    Filed herewith
 ** Furnished herewith

83

 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 	NELNET, INC.	 	
 	 	 	 	
Date:   August 9, 2010 	By:	/s/ MICHAEL S. DUNLAP	 	
 	 	Name: Michael S. Dunlap	 	
 	 	Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	 	
 	 	 	 	
 	By:	/s/ TERRY J. HEIMES	 	
 	 	Name: Terry J. Heimes	 	
 	 	Title:  Chief Financial Officer	 	

84

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Michael S. Dunlap, certify that:
 
1.         I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Nelnet, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”);
 
 	2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
 	3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
 	4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
 	5.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
 
Date:  August 9, 2010  	By:	/s/ MICHAEL S. DUNLAP	 	
 	 	Michael S. Dunlap	 	
 	 	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	 	
 	 	Principal Executive Officer	 	

Exhibit 31.2
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Terry J. Heimes, certify that:
 
1.         I have reviewed the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Nelnet, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”);
 
 	2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
 	3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
 	4.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
 	5.	The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
 
Date:  August 9, 2010	By:	/s/ TERRY J. HEIMES	 	
 	 	Terry J. Heimes	 	
 	 	Chief Financial Officer	 	
 	 	Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer	 	

Exhibit 32

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Nelnet, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
 	1.	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	2.	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
 
Date:  August 9, 2010  	By:	/s/ MICHAEL S. DUNLAP	 	
 	 	Name: Michael S. Dunlap	 	
 	 	Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	 	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	/s/ TERRY J. HEIMES	 	
 	 	Name: Terry J. Heimes	 	
 	 	Title:   Chief Financial Officer